v1alpha

package
v0.32.0 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

Go to latest
Published: Nov 29, 2023 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 9 Imported by: 0

Documentation

Index

Constants

View Source
const (
	// Default value. This value is unused.
	AppConnectionTypeTypeUnspecified = AppConnectionType("TYPE_UNSPECIFIED")
	// TCP Proxy based BeyondCorp AppConnection. API will default to this if unset.
	AppConnectionTypeTcpProxy = AppConnectionType("TCP_PROXY")
)
View Source
const (
	// Default value. This value is unused.
	AppGatewayHostTypeHostTypeUnspecified = AppGatewayHostType("HOST_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED")
	// AppGateway hosted in a GCP regional managed instance group.
	AppGatewayHostTypeGcpRegionalMig = AppGatewayHostType("GCP_REGIONAL_MIG")
)
View Source
const (
	// Default value. This value is unused.
	AppGatewayTypeTypeUnspecified = AppGatewayType("TYPE_UNSPECIFIED")
	// TCP Proxy based BeyondCorp Connection. API will default to this if unset.
	AppGatewayTypeTcpProxy = AppGatewayType("TCP_PROXY")
)
View Source
const (
	// Default value. This value is unused.
	ConnectionTypeTypeUnspecified = ConnectionType("TYPE_UNSPECIFIED")
	// TCP Proxy based BeyondCorp Connection. API will default to this if unset.
	ConnectionTypeTcpProxy = ConnectionType("TCP_PROXY")
)
View Source
const (
	// Default value. This value is unused.
	GatewayTypeTypeUnspecified = GatewayType("TYPE_UNSPECIFIED")
	// Gateway hosted in a GCP regional managed instance group.
	GatewayTypeGcpRegionalMig = GatewayType("GCP_REGIONAL_MIG")
)
View Source
const (
	// Default value. This value is unused.
	GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeTypeUnspecified = GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayType("TYPE_UNSPECIFIED")
	// Gateway hosted in a GCP regional managed instance group.
	GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeGcpRegionalMig = GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayType("GCP_REGIONAL_MIG")
)
View Source
const (
	// Health status is unknown: not initialized or failed to retrieve.
	GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusHealthStatusUnspecified = GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatus("HEALTH_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED")
	// The resource is healthy.
	GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusHealthy = GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatus("HEALTHY")
	// The resource is unhealthy.
	GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusUnhealthy = GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatus("UNHEALTHY")
	// The resource is unresponsive.
	GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusUnresponsive = GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatus("UNRESPONSIVE")
	// Some sub-resources are UNHEALTHY.
	GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusDegraded = GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatus("DEGRADED")
)
View Source
const (
	// Default case. Should never be this.
	GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeLogTypeUnspecified = GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType("LOG_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED")
	// Admin reads. Example: CloudIAM getIamPolicy
	GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeAdminRead = GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType("ADMIN_READ")
	// Data writes. Example: CloudSQL Users create
	GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeDataWrite = GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType("DATA_WRITE")
	// Data reads. Example: CloudSQL Users list
	GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeDataRead = GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType("DATA_READ")
)
View Source
const (
	// Health status is unknown: not initialized or failed to retrieve.
	ResourceInfoStatusHealthStatusUnspecified = ResourceInfoStatus("HEALTH_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED")
	// The resource is healthy.
	ResourceInfoStatusHealthy = ResourceInfoStatus("HEALTHY")
	// The resource is unhealthy.
	ResourceInfoStatusUnhealthy = ResourceInfoStatus("UNHEALTHY")
	// The resource is unresponsive.
	ResourceInfoStatusUnresponsive = ResourceInfoStatus("UNRESPONSIVE")
	// Some sub-resources are UNHEALTHY.
	ResourceInfoStatusDegraded = ResourceInfoStatus("DEGRADED")
)
View Source
const (
	// Default value. This value is unused.
	SubscriptionSkuSkuUnspecified = SubscriptionSku("SKU_UNSPECIFIED")
	// Represents BeyondCorp Standard SKU.
	SubscriptionSkuBceStandardSku = SubscriptionSku("BCE_STANDARD_SKU")
)
View Source
const (
	// Default value. This value is unused.
	SubscriptionTypeTypeUnspecified = SubscriptionType("TYPE_UNSPECIFIED")
	// Represents a trial subscription.
	SubscriptionTypeTrial = SubscriptionType("TRIAL")
	// Represents a paid subscription.
	SubscriptionTypePaid = SubscriptionType("PAID")
	// Reresents an allowlisted subscription.
	SubscriptionTypeAllowlist = SubscriptionType("ALLOWLIST")
)

Variables

This section is empty.

Functions

This section is empty.

Types

type AllocatedConnectionResponse

type AllocatedConnectionResponse struct {
	// The ingress port of an allocated connection
	IngressPort int `pulumi:"ingressPort"`
	// The PSC uri of an allocated connection
	PscUri string `pulumi:"pscUri"`
}

Allocated connection of the AppGateway.

type AllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutput

type AllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutput) ElementType

func (AllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutput) Index

func (AllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutput) ToAllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutput

func (o AllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutput) ToAllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutput() AllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutput

func (AllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutput) ToAllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutputWithContext

func (o AllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutput) ToAllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutput

type AllocatedConnectionResponseOutput

type AllocatedConnectionResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Allocated connection of the AppGateway.

func (AllocatedConnectionResponseOutput) ElementType

func (AllocatedConnectionResponseOutput) IngressPort

The ingress port of an allocated connection

func (AllocatedConnectionResponseOutput) PscUri

The PSC uri of an allocated connection

func (AllocatedConnectionResponseOutput) ToAllocatedConnectionResponseOutput

func (o AllocatedConnectionResponseOutput) ToAllocatedConnectionResponseOutput() AllocatedConnectionResponseOutput

func (AllocatedConnectionResponseOutput) ToAllocatedConnectionResponseOutputWithContext

func (o AllocatedConnectionResponseOutput) ToAllocatedConnectionResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AllocatedConnectionResponseOutput

type AppConnection

type AppConnection struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Optional. User-settable AppConnection resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.
	AppConnectionId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"appConnectionId"`
	// Address of the remote application endpoint for the BeyondCorp AppConnection.
	ApplicationEndpoint GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointResponseOutput `pulumi:"applicationEndpoint"`
	// Optional. List of [google.cloud.beyondcorp.v1main.Connector.name] that are authorised to be associated with this AppConnection.
	Connectors pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"connectors"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnection. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"displayName"`
	// Optional. Gateway used by the AppConnection.
	Gateway GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayResponseOutput `pulumi:"gateway"`
	// Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"labels"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput    `pulumi:"location"`
	// Unique resource name of the AppConnection. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnection.
	Name    pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"requestId"`
	// The current state of the AppConnection.
	State pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"state"`
	// The type of network connectivity used by the AppConnection.
	Type pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"type"`
	// A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
	Uid pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"uid"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

Creates a new AppConnection in a given project and location.

func GetAppConnection

func GetAppConnection(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AppConnectionState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnection, error)

GetAppConnection gets an existing AppConnection resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAppConnection

func NewAppConnection(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AppConnectionArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnection, error)

NewAppConnection registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AppConnection) ElementType

func (*AppConnection) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AppConnection) ToAppConnectionOutput

func (i *AppConnection) ToAppConnectionOutput() AppConnectionOutput

func (*AppConnection) ToAppConnectionOutputWithContext

func (i *AppConnection) ToAppConnectionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionOutput

type AppConnectionArgs

type AppConnectionArgs struct {
	// Optional. User-settable AppConnection resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.
	AppConnectionId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Address of the remote application endpoint for the BeyondCorp AppConnection.
	ApplicationEndpoint GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointInput
	// Optional. List of [google.cloud.beyondcorp.v1main.Connector.name] that are authorised to be associated with this AppConnection.
	Connectors pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnection. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Gateway used by the AppConnection.
	Gateway GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrInput
	// Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Unique resource name of the AppConnection. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnection.
	Name    pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The type of network connectivity used by the AppConnection.
	Type AppConnectionTypeInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AppConnection resource.

func (AppConnectionArgs) ElementType

func (AppConnectionArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppConnectionIamBinding added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectionIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetAppConnectionIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func GetAppConnectionIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AppConnectionIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnectionIamBinding, error)

GetAppConnectionIamBinding gets an existing AppConnectionIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAppConnectionIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func NewAppConnectionIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AppConnectionIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnectionIamBinding, error)

NewAppConnectionIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AppConnectionIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*AppConnectionIamBinding) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AppConnectionIamBinding) ToAppConnectionIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *AppConnectionIamBinding) ToAppConnectionIamBindingOutput() AppConnectionIamBindingOutput

func (*AppConnectionIamBinding) ToAppConnectionIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *AppConnectionIamBinding) ToAppConnectionIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionIamBindingOutput

type AppConnectionIamBindingArgs added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectionIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AppConnectionIamBinding resource.

func (AppConnectionIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectionIamBindingInput added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectionIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppConnectionIamBindingOutput() AppConnectionIamBindingOutput
	ToAppConnectionIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionIamBindingOutput
}

type AppConnectionIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectionIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppConnectionIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (AppConnectionIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppConnectionIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (AppConnectionIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.26.0

Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (AppConnectionIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (AppConnectionIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (AppConnectionIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.

func (AppConnectionIamBindingOutput) ToAppConnectionIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o AppConnectionIamBindingOutput) ToAppConnectionIamBindingOutput() AppConnectionIamBindingOutput

func (AppConnectionIamBindingOutput) ToAppConnectionIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o AppConnectionIamBindingOutput) ToAppConnectionIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionIamBindingOutput

type AppConnectionIamBindingState added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectionIamBindingState struct {
}

func (AppConnectionIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectionIamMember added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectionIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetAppConnectionIamMember added in v0.26.0

func GetAppConnectionIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AppConnectionIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnectionIamMember, error)

GetAppConnectionIamMember gets an existing AppConnectionIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAppConnectionIamMember added in v0.26.0

func NewAppConnectionIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AppConnectionIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnectionIamMember, error)

NewAppConnectionIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AppConnectionIamMember) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*AppConnectionIamMember) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AppConnectionIamMember) ToAppConnectionIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *AppConnectionIamMember) ToAppConnectionIamMemberOutput() AppConnectionIamMemberOutput

func (*AppConnectionIamMember) ToAppConnectionIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *AppConnectionIamMember) ToAppConnectionIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionIamMemberOutput

type AppConnectionIamMemberArgs added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectionIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AppConnectionIamMember resource.

func (AppConnectionIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppConnectionIamMemberArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppConnectionIamMemberInput added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectionIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppConnectionIamMemberOutput() AppConnectionIamMemberOutput
	ToAppConnectionIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionIamMemberOutput
}

type AppConnectionIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectionIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppConnectionIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (AppConnectionIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppConnectionIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (AppConnectionIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.26.0

Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (AppConnectionIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (AppConnectionIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (AppConnectionIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied.

func (AppConnectionIamMemberOutput) ToAppConnectionIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o AppConnectionIamMemberOutput) ToAppConnectionIamMemberOutput() AppConnectionIamMemberOutput

func (AppConnectionIamMemberOutput) ToAppConnectionIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o AppConnectionIamMemberOutput) ToAppConnectionIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionIamMemberOutput

type AppConnectionIamMemberState added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectionIamMemberState struct {
}

func (AppConnectionIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectionIamPolicy

type AppConnectionIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	AppConnectionId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"appConnectionId"`
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"location"`
	Project  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetAppConnectionIamPolicy

func GetAppConnectionIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AppConnectionIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnectionIamPolicy, error)

GetAppConnectionIamPolicy gets an existing AppConnectionIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAppConnectionIamPolicy

func NewAppConnectionIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AppConnectionIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnectionIamPolicy, error)

NewAppConnectionIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AppConnectionIamPolicy) ElementType

func (*AppConnectionIamPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AppConnectionIamPolicy) ToAppConnectionIamPolicyOutput

func (i *AppConnectionIamPolicy) ToAppConnectionIamPolicyOutput() AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput

func (*AppConnectionIamPolicy) ToAppConnectionIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (i *AppConnectionIamPolicy) ToAppConnectionIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput

type AppConnectionIamPolicyArgs

type AppConnectionIamPolicyArgs struct {
	AppConnectionId pulumi.StringInput
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AppConnectionIamPolicy resource.

func (AppConnectionIamPolicyArgs) ElementType

func (AppConnectionIamPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppConnectionIamPolicyInput

type AppConnectionIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppConnectionIamPolicyOutput() AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput
	ToAppConnectionIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput
}

type AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput

type AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput) AppConnectionId added in v0.21.0

func (o AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput) AppConnectionId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput) Bindings

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput) ElementType

func (AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput) Etag

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput) Location added in v0.21.0

func (AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.21.0

func (AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput) ToAppConnectionIamPolicyOutput

func (o AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput) ToAppConnectionIamPolicyOutput() AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput

func (AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput) ToAppConnectionIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (o AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput) ToAppConnectionIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput

func (AppConnectionIamPolicyOutput) Version

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type AppConnectionIamPolicyState

type AppConnectionIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (AppConnectionIamPolicyState) ElementType

type AppConnectionInput

type AppConnectionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppConnectionOutput() AppConnectionOutput
	ToAppConnectionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionOutput
}

type AppConnectionOutput

type AppConnectionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppConnectionOutput) AppConnectionId added in v0.21.0

func (o AppConnectionOutput) AppConnectionId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. User-settable AppConnection resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.

func (AppConnectionOutput) ApplicationEndpoint

Address of the remote application endpoint for the BeyondCorp AppConnection.

func (AppConnectionOutput) Connectors

Optional. List of [google.cloud.beyondcorp.v1main.Connector.name] that are authorised to be associated with this AppConnection.

func (AppConnectionOutput) CreateTime

func (o AppConnectionOutput) CreateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Timestamp when the resource was created.

func (AppConnectionOutput) DisplayName

func (o AppConnectionOutput) DisplayName() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnection. Cannot exceed 64 characters.

func (AppConnectionOutput) ElementType

func (AppConnectionOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppConnectionOutput) Gateway

Optional. Gateway used by the AppConnection.

func (AppConnectionOutput) Labels

Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.

func (AppConnectionOutput) Location added in v0.21.0

func (AppConnectionOutput) Name

Unique resource name of the AppConnection. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnection.

func (AppConnectionOutput) Project added in v0.21.0

func (AppConnectionOutput) RequestId added in v0.21.0

Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

func (AppConnectionOutput) State

The current state of the AppConnection.

func (AppConnectionOutput) ToAppConnectionOutput

func (o AppConnectionOutput) ToAppConnectionOutput() AppConnectionOutput

func (AppConnectionOutput) ToAppConnectionOutputWithContext

func (o AppConnectionOutput) ToAppConnectionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionOutput

func (AppConnectionOutput) Type

The type of network connectivity used by the AppConnection.

func (AppConnectionOutput) Uid

A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.

func (AppConnectionOutput) UpdateTime

func (o AppConnectionOutput) UpdateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Timestamp when the resource was last modified.

type AppConnectionState

type AppConnectionState struct {
}

func (AppConnectionState) ElementType

func (AppConnectionState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppConnectionType

type AppConnectionType string

Required. The type of network connectivity used by the AppConnection.

func (AppConnectionType) ElementType

func (AppConnectionType) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppConnectionType) ToAppConnectionTypeOutput

func (e AppConnectionType) ToAppConnectionTypeOutput() AppConnectionTypeOutput

func (AppConnectionType) ToAppConnectionTypeOutputWithContext

func (e AppConnectionType) ToAppConnectionTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionTypeOutput

func (AppConnectionType) ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutput

func (e AppConnectionType) ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutput() AppConnectionTypePtrOutput

func (AppConnectionType) ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutputWithContext

func (e AppConnectionType) ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionTypePtrOutput

func (AppConnectionType) ToStringOutput

func (e AppConnectionType) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppConnectionType) ToStringOutputWithContext

func (e AppConnectionType) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppConnectionType) ToStringPtrOutput

func (e AppConnectionType) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (AppConnectionType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

func (e AppConnectionType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type AppConnectionTypeInput

type AppConnectionTypeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppConnectionTypeOutput() AppConnectionTypeOutput
	ToAppConnectionTypeOutputWithContext(context.Context) AppConnectionTypeOutput
}

AppConnectionTypeInput is an input type that accepts AppConnectionTypeArgs and AppConnectionTypeOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `AppConnectionTypeInput` via:

AppConnectionTypeArgs{...}

type AppConnectionTypeOutput

type AppConnectionTypeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppConnectionTypeOutput) ElementType

func (AppConnectionTypeOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToAppConnectionTypeOutput

func (o AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToAppConnectionTypeOutput() AppConnectionTypeOutput

func (AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToAppConnectionTypeOutputWithContext

func (o AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToAppConnectionTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionTypeOutput

func (AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutput

func (o AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutput() AppConnectionTypePtrOutput

func (AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutputWithContext

func (o AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionTypePtrOutput

func (AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToStringOutput

func (o AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext

func (o AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput

func (o AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

func (o AppConnectionTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type AppConnectionTypePtrInput

type AppConnectionTypePtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutput() AppConnectionTypePtrOutput
	ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) AppConnectionTypePtrOutput
}

func AppConnectionTypePtr

func AppConnectionTypePtr(v string) AppConnectionTypePtrInput

type AppConnectionTypePtrOutput

type AppConnectionTypePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppConnectionTypePtrOutput) Elem

func (AppConnectionTypePtrOutput) ElementType

func (AppConnectionTypePtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppConnectionTypePtrOutput) ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutput

func (o AppConnectionTypePtrOutput) ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutput() AppConnectionTypePtrOutput

func (AppConnectionTypePtrOutput) ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutputWithContext

func (o AppConnectionTypePtrOutput) ToAppConnectionTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectionTypePtrOutput

func (AppConnectionTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput

func (o AppConnectionTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (AppConnectionTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

func (o AppConnectionTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type AppConnector

type AppConnector struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Optional. User-settable AppConnector resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.
	AppConnectorId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"appConnectorId"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnector. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"displayName"`
	// Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"labels"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput    `pulumi:"location"`
	// Unique resource name of the AppConnector. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnector.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// Principal information about the Identity of the AppConnector.
	PrincipalInfo GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoResponseOutput `pulumi:"principalInfo"`
	Project       pulumi.StringOutput                                                              `pulumi:"project"`
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"requestId"`
	// Optional. Resource info of the connector.
	ResourceInfo GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoResponseOutput `pulumi:"resourceInfo"`
	// The current state of the AppConnector.
	State pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"state"`
	// A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
	Uid pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"uid"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

Creates a new AppConnector in a given project and location.

func GetAppConnector

func GetAppConnector(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AppConnectorState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnector, error)

GetAppConnector gets an existing AppConnector resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAppConnector

func NewAppConnector(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AppConnectorArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnector, error)

NewAppConnector registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AppConnector) ElementType

func (*AppConnector) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AppConnector) ToAppConnectorOutput

func (i *AppConnector) ToAppConnectorOutput() AppConnectorOutput

func (*AppConnector) ToAppConnectorOutputWithContext

func (i *AppConnector) ToAppConnectorOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectorOutput

type AppConnectorArgs

type AppConnectorArgs struct {
	// Optional. User-settable AppConnector resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.
	AppConnectorId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnector. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Unique resource name of the AppConnector. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnector.
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Principal information about the Identity of the AppConnector.
	PrincipalInfo GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoInput
	Project       pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Resource info of the connector.
	ResourceInfo GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AppConnector resource.

func (AppConnectorArgs) ElementType

func (AppConnectorArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppConnectorIamBinding added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectorIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetAppConnectorIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func GetAppConnectorIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AppConnectorIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnectorIamBinding, error)

GetAppConnectorIamBinding gets an existing AppConnectorIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAppConnectorIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func NewAppConnectorIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AppConnectorIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnectorIamBinding, error)

NewAppConnectorIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AppConnectorIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*AppConnectorIamBinding) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AppConnectorIamBinding) ToAppConnectorIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *AppConnectorIamBinding) ToAppConnectorIamBindingOutput() AppConnectorIamBindingOutput

func (*AppConnectorIamBinding) ToAppConnectorIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *AppConnectorIamBinding) ToAppConnectorIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectorIamBindingOutput

type AppConnectorIamBindingArgs added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectorIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AppConnectorIamBinding resource.

func (AppConnectorIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppConnectorIamBindingArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppConnectorIamBindingInput added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectorIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppConnectorIamBindingOutput() AppConnectorIamBindingOutput
	ToAppConnectorIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectorIamBindingOutput
}

type AppConnectorIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectorIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppConnectorIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (AppConnectorIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppConnectorIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (AppConnectorIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.26.0

Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (AppConnectorIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (AppConnectorIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (AppConnectorIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.

func (AppConnectorIamBindingOutput) ToAppConnectorIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o AppConnectorIamBindingOutput) ToAppConnectorIamBindingOutput() AppConnectorIamBindingOutput

func (AppConnectorIamBindingOutput) ToAppConnectorIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o AppConnectorIamBindingOutput) ToAppConnectorIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectorIamBindingOutput

type AppConnectorIamBindingState added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectorIamBindingState struct {
}

func (AppConnectorIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectorIamMember added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectorIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetAppConnectorIamMember added in v0.26.0

func GetAppConnectorIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AppConnectorIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnectorIamMember, error)

GetAppConnectorIamMember gets an existing AppConnectorIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAppConnectorIamMember added in v0.26.0

func NewAppConnectorIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AppConnectorIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnectorIamMember, error)

NewAppConnectorIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AppConnectorIamMember) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*AppConnectorIamMember) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AppConnectorIamMember) ToAppConnectorIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *AppConnectorIamMember) ToAppConnectorIamMemberOutput() AppConnectorIamMemberOutput

func (*AppConnectorIamMember) ToAppConnectorIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *AppConnectorIamMember) ToAppConnectorIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectorIamMemberOutput

type AppConnectorIamMemberArgs added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectorIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AppConnectorIamMember resource.

func (AppConnectorIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppConnectorIamMemberArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppConnectorIamMemberInput added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectorIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppConnectorIamMemberOutput() AppConnectorIamMemberOutput
	ToAppConnectorIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectorIamMemberOutput
}

type AppConnectorIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectorIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppConnectorIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (AppConnectorIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppConnectorIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (AppConnectorIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.26.0

Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (AppConnectorIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (AppConnectorIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (AppConnectorIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied.

func (AppConnectorIamMemberOutput) ToAppConnectorIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o AppConnectorIamMemberOutput) ToAppConnectorIamMemberOutput() AppConnectorIamMemberOutput

func (AppConnectorIamMemberOutput) ToAppConnectorIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o AppConnectorIamMemberOutput) ToAppConnectorIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectorIamMemberOutput

type AppConnectorIamMemberState added in v0.26.0

type AppConnectorIamMemberState struct {
}

func (AppConnectorIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppConnectorIamMemberState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppConnectorIamPolicy

type AppConnectorIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	AppConnectorId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"appConnectorId"`
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"location"`
	Project  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetAppConnectorIamPolicy

func GetAppConnectorIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AppConnectorIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnectorIamPolicy, error)

GetAppConnectorIamPolicy gets an existing AppConnectorIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAppConnectorIamPolicy

func NewAppConnectorIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AppConnectorIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppConnectorIamPolicy, error)

NewAppConnectorIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AppConnectorIamPolicy) ElementType

func (*AppConnectorIamPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AppConnectorIamPolicy) ToAppConnectorIamPolicyOutput

func (i *AppConnectorIamPolicy) ToAppConnectorIamPolicyOutput() AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput

func (*AppConnectorIamPolicy) ToAppConnectorIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (i *AppConnectorIamPolicy) ToAppConnectorIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput

type AppConnectorIamPolicyArgs

type AppConnectorIamPolicyArgs struct {
	AppConnectorId pulumi.StringInput
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AppConnectorIamPolicy resource.

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyArgs) ElementType

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppConnectorIamPolicyInput

type AppConnectorIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppConnectorIamPolicyOutput() AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput
	ToAppConnectorIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput
}

type AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput

type AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput) AppConnectorId added in v0.21.0

func (o AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput) AppConnectorId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput) Bindings

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput) ElementType

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput) Etag

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput) Location added in v0.21.0

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.21.0

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput) ToAppConnectorIamPolicyOutput

func (o AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput) ToAppConnectorIamPolicyOutput() AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput) ToAppConnectorIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (o AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput) ToAppConnectorIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyOutput) Version

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type AppConnectorIamPolicyState

type AppConnectorIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyState) ElementType

func (AppConnectorIamPolicyState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppConnectorInput

type AppConnectorInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppConnectorOutput() AppConnectorOutput
	ToAppConnectorOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectorOutput
}

type AppConnectorOutput

type AppConnectorOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppConnectorOutput) AppConnectorId added in v0.21.0

func (o AppConnectorOutput) AppConnectorId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. User-settable AppConnector resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.

func (AppConnectorOutput) CreateTime

func (o AppConnectorOutput) CreateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Timestamp when the resource was created.

func (AppConnectorOutput) DisplayName

func (o AppConnectorOutput) DisplayName() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnector. Cannot exceed 64 characters.

func (AppConnectorOutput) ElementType

func (AppConnectorOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppConnectorOutput) Labels

Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.

func (AppConnectorOutput) Location added in v0.21.0

func (o AppConnectorOutput) Location() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppConnectorOutput) Name

Unique resource name of the AppConnector. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnector.

func (AppConnectorOutput) PrincipalInfo

Principal information about the Identity of the AppConnector.

func (AppConnectorOutput) Project added in v0.21.0

func (AppConnectorOutput) RequestId added in v0.21.0

Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

func (AppConnectorOutput) ResourceInfo

Optional. Resource info of the connector.

func (AppConnectorOutput) State

The current state of the AppConnector.

func (AppConnectorOutput) ToAppConnectorOutput

func (o AppConnectorOutput) ToAppConnectorOutput() AppConnectorOutput

func (AppConnectorOutput) ToAppConnectorOutputWithContext

func (o AppConnectorOutput) ToAppConnectorOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppConnectorOutput

func (AppConnectorOutput) Uid

A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.

func (AppConnectorOutput) UpdateTime

func (o AppConnectorOutput) UpdateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Timestamp when the resource was last modified.

type AppConnectorState

type AppConnectorState struct {
}

func (AppConnectorState) ElementType

func (AppConnectorState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppGateway

type AppGateway struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// A list of connections allocated for the Gateway
	AllocatedConnections AllocatedConnectionResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"allocatedConnections"`
	// Optional. User-settable AppGateway resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.
	AppGatewayId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"appGatewayId"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppGateway. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"displayName"`
	// The type of hosting used by the AppGateway.
	HostType pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"hostType"`
	// Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"labels"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput    `pulumi:"location"`
	// Unique resource name of the AppGateway. The name is ignored when creating an AppGateway.
	Name    pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"requestId"`
	// The current state of the AppGateway.
	State pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"state"`
	// The type of network connectivity used by the AppGateway.
	Type pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"type"`
	// A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
	Uid pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"uid"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
	// Server-defined URI for this resource.
	Uri pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"uri"`
}

Creates a new AppGateway in a given project and location.

func GetAppGateway

func GetAppGateway(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AppGatewayState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppGateway, error)

GetAppGateway gets an existing AppGateway resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAppGateway

func NewAppGateway(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AppGatewayArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppGateway, error)

NewAppGateway registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AppGateway) ElementType

func (*AppGateway) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AppGateway) ToAppGatewayOutput

func (i *AppGateway) ToAppGatewayOutput() AppGatewayOutput

func (*AppGateway) ToAppGatewayOutputWithContext

func (i *AppGateway) ToAppGatewayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayOutput

type AppGatewayArgs

type AppGatewayArgs struct {
	// Optional. User-settable AppGateway resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.
	AppGatewayId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppGateway. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The type of hosting used by the AppGateway.
	HostType AppGatewayHostTypeInput
	// Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Unique resource name of the AppGateway. The name is ignored when creating an AppGateway.
	Name    pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The type of network connectivity used by the AppGateway.
	Type AppGatewayTypeInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AppGateway resource.

func (AppGatewayArgs) ElementType

func (AppGatewayArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppGatewayHostType

type AppGatewayHostType string

Required. The type of hosting used by the AppGateway.

func (AppGatewayHostType) ElementType

func (AppGatewayHostType) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppGatewayHostType) ToAppGatewayHostTypeOutput

func (e AppGatewayHostType) ToAppGatewayHostTypeOutput() AppGatewayHostTypeOutput

func (AppGatewayHostType) ToAppGatewayHostTypeOutputWithContext

func (e AppGatewayHostType) ToAppGatewayHostTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayHostTypeOutput

func (AppGatewayHostType) ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput

func (e AppGatewayHostType) ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput() AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput

func (AppGatewayHostType) ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutputWithContext

func (e AppGatewayHostType) ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput

func (AppGatewayHostType) ToStringOutput

func (e AppGatewayHostType) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppGatewayHostType) ToStringOutputWithContext

func (e AppGatewayHostType) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppGatewayHostType) ToStringPtrOutput

func (e AppGatewayHostType) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (AppGatewayHostType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

func (e AppGatewayHostType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type AppGatewayHostTypeInput

type AppGatewayHostTypeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppGatewayHostTypeOutput() AppGatewayHostTypeOutput
	ToAppGatewayHostTypeOutputWithContext(context.Context) AppGatewayHostTypeOutput
}

AppGatewayHostTypeInput is an input type that accepts AppGatewayHostTypeArgs and AppGatewayHostTypeOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `AppGatewayHostTypeInput` via:

AppGatewayHostTypeArgs{...}

type AppGatewayHostTypeOutput

type AppGatewayHostTypeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ElementType

func (AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayHostTypeOutput

func (o AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayHostTypeOutput() AppGatewayHostTypeOutput

func (AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayHostTypeOutputWithContext

func (o AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayHostTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayHostTypeOutput

func (AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput

func (o AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput() AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput

func (AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutputWithContext

func (o AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput

func (AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToStringOutput

func (o AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext

func (o AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput

func (o AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

func (o AppGatewayHostTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type AppGatewayHostTypePtrInput

type AppGatewayHostTypePtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput() AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput
	ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput
}

func AppGatewayHostTypePtr

func AppGatewayHostTypePtr(v string) AppGatewayHostTypePtrInput

type AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput

type AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput) Elem

func (AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput) ElementType

func (AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput) ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput

func (o AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput) ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput() AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput

func (AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput) ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutputWithContext

func (o AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput) ToAppGatewayHostTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput

func (AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput

func (o AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

func (o AppGatewayHostTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type AppGatewayIamBinding added in v0.26.0

type AppGatewayIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetAppGatewayIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func GetAppGatewayIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AppGatewayIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppGatewayIamBinding, error)

GetAppGatewayIamBinding gets an existing AppGatewayIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAppGatewayIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func NewAppGatewayIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AppGatewayIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppGatewayIamBinding, error)

NewAppGatewayIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AppGatewayIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*AppGatewayIamBinding) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AppGatewayIamBinding) ToAppGatewayIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *AppGatewayIamBinding) ToAppGatewayIamBindingOutput() AppGatewayIamBindingOutput

func (*AppGatewayIamBinding) ToAppGatewayIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *AppGatewayIamBinding) ToAppGatewayIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayIamBindingOutput

type AppGatewayIamBindingArgs added in v0.26.0

type AppGatewayIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AppGatewayIamBinding resource.

func (AppGatewayIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppGatewayIamBindingArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppGatewayIamBindingInput added in v0.26.0

type AppGatewayIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppGatewayIamBindingOutput() AppGatewayIamBindingOutput
	ToAppGatewayIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayIamBindingOutput
}

type AppGatewayIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

type AppGatewayIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppGatewayIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (AppGatewayIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppGatewayIamBindingOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppGatewayIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (AppGatewayIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.26.0

Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (AppGatewayIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (AppGatewayIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (AppGatewayIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.

func (AppGatewayIamBindingOutput) ToAppGatewayIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o AppGatewayIamBindingOutput) ToAppGatewayIamBindingOutput() AppGatewayIamBindingOutput

func (AppGatewayIamBindingOutput) ToAppGatewayIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o AppGatewayIamBindingOutput) ToAppGatewayIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayIamBindingOutput

type AppGatewayIamBindingState added in v0.26.0

type AppGatewayIamBindingState struct {
}

func (AppGatewayIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppGatewayIamBindingState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppGatewayIamMember added in v0.26.0

type AppGatewayIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetAppGatewayIamMember added in v0.26.0

func GetAppGatewayIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AppGatewayIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppGatewayIamMember, error)

GetAppGatewayIamMember gets an existing AppGatewayIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAppGatewayIamMember added in v0.26.0

func NewAppGatewayIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AppGatewayIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppGatewayIamMember, error)

NewAppGatewayIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AppGatewayIamMember) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*AppGatewayIamMember) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AppGatewayIamMember) ToAppGatewayIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *AppGatewayIamMember) ToAppGatewayIamMemberOutput() AppGatewayIamMemberOutput

func (*AppGatewayIamMember) ToAppGatewayIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *AppGatewayIamMember) ToAppGatewayIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayIamMemberOutput

type AppGatewayIamMemberArgs added in v0.26.0

type AppGatewayIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AppGatewayIamMember resource.

func (AppGatewayIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppGatewayIamMemberArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppGatewayIamMemberInput added in v0.26.0

type AppGatewayIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppGatewayIamMemberOutput() AppGatewayIamMemberOutput
	ToAppGatewayIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayIamMemberOutput
}

type AppGatewayIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

type AppGatewayIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppGatewayIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (AppGatewayIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppGatewayIamMemberOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppGatewayIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (AppGatewayIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.26.0

Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (AppGatewayIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (AppGatewayIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (AppGatewayIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied.

func (AppGatewayIamMemberOutput) ToAppGatewayIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o AppGatewayIamMemberOutput) ToAppGatewayIamMemberOutput() AppGatewayIamMemberOutput

func (AppGatewayIamMemberOutput) ToAppGatewayIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o AppGatewayIamMemberOutput) ToAppGatewayIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayIamMemberOutput

type AppGatewayIamMemberState added in v0.26.0

type AppGatewayIamMemberState struct {
}

func (AppGatewayIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (AppGatewayIamMemberState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppGatewayIamPolicy

type AppGatewayIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	AppGatewayId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"appGatewayId"`
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"location"`
	Project  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetAppGatewayIamPolicy

func GetAppGatewayIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *AppGatewayIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppGatewayIamPolicy, error)

GetAppGatewayIamPolicy gets an existing AppGatewayIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewAppGatewayIamPolicy

func NewAppGatewayIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *AppGatewayIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*AppGatewayIamPolicy, error)

NewAppGatewayIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*AppGatewayIamPolicy) ElementType

func (*AppGatewayIamPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*AppGatewayIamPolicy) ToAppGatewayIamPolicyOutput

func (i *AppGatewayIamPolicy) ToAppGatewayIamPolicyOutput() AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput

func (*AppGatewayIamPolicy) ToAppGatewayIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (i *AppGatewayIamPolicy) ToAppGatewayIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput

type AppGatewayIamPolicyArgs

type AppGatewayIamPolicyArgs struct {
	AppGatewayId pulumi.StringInput
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a AppGatewayIamPolicy resource.

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyArgs) ElementType

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppGatewayIamPolicyInput

type AppGatewayIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppGatewayIamPolicyOutput() AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput
	ToAppGatewayIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput
}

type AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput

type AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput) AppGatewayId added in v0.21.0

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput) Bindings

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput) ElementType

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput) Etag

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput) Location added in v0.21.0

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.21.0

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput) ToAppGatewayIamPolicyOutput

func (o AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput) ToAppGatewayIamPolicyOutput() AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput) ToAppGatewayIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (o AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput) ToAppGatewayIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyOutput) Version

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type AppGatewayIamPolicyState

type AppGatewayIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyState) ElementType

func (AppGatewayIamPolicyState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppGatewayInput

type AppGatewayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppGatewayOutput() AppGatewayOutput
	ToAppGatewayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayOutput
}

type AppGatewayOutput

type AppGatewayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppGatewayOutput) AllocatedConnections

A list of connections allocated for the Gateway

func (AppGatewayOutput) AppGatewayId added in v0.21.0

func (o AppGatewayOutput) AppGatewayId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. User-settable AppGateway resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.

func (AppGatewayOutput) CreateTime

func (o AppGatewayOutput) CreateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Timestamp when the resource was created.

func (AppGatewayOutput) DisplayName

func (o AppGatewayOutput) DisplayName() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppGateway. Cannot exceed 64 characters.

func (AppGatewayOutput) ElementType

func (AppGatewayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppGatewayOutput) HostType

func (o AppGatewayOutput) HostType() pulumi.StringOutput

The type of hosting used by the AppGateway.

func (AppGatewayOutput) Labels

Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.

func (AppGatewayOutput) Location added in v0.21.0

func (o AppGatewayOutput) Location() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppGatewayOutput) Name

Unique resource name of the AppGateway. The name is ignored when creating an AppGateway.

func (AppGatewayOutput) Project added in v0.21.0

func (o AppGatewayOutput) Project() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppGatewayOutput) RequestId added in v0.21.0

func (o AppGatewayOutput) RequestId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

func (AppGatewayOutput) State

The current state of the AppGateway.

func (AppGatewayOutput) ToAppGatewayOutput

func (o AppGatewayOutput) ToAppGatewayOutput() AppGatewayOutput

func (AppGatewayOutput) ToAppGatewayOutputWithContext

func (o AppGatewayOutput) ToAppGatewayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayOutput

func (AppGatewayOutput) Type

The type of network connectivity used by the AppGateway.

func (AppGatewayOutput) Uid

A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.

func (AppGatewayOutput) UpdateTime

func (o AppGatewayOutput) UpdateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Timestamp when the resource was last modified.

func (AppGatewayOutput) Uri

Server-defined URI for this resource.

type AppGatewayState

type AppGatewayState struct {
}

func (AppGatewayState) ElementType

func (AppGatewayState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type AppGatewayType

type AppGatewayType string

Required. The type of network connectivity used by the AppGateway.

func (AppGatewayType) ElementType

func (AppGatewayType) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppGatewayType) ToAppGatewayTypeOutput

func (e AppGatewayType) ToAppGatewayTypeOutput() AppGatewayTypeOutput

func (AppGatewayType) ToAppGatewayTypeOutputWithContext

func (e AppGatewayType) ToAppGatewayTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayTypeOutput

func (AppGatewayType) ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutput

func (e AppGatewayType) ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutput() AppGatewayTypePtrOutput

func (AppGatewayType) ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext

func (e AppGatewayType) ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayTypePtrOutput

func (AppGatewayType) ToStringOutput

func (e AppGatewayType) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppGatewayType) ToStringOutputWithContext

func (e AppGatewayType) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppGatewayType) ToStringPtrOutput

func (e AppGatewayType) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (AppGatewayType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

func (e AppGatewayType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type AppGatewayTypeInput

type AppGatewayTypeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppGatewayTypeOutput() AppGatewayTypeOutput
	ToAppGatewayTypeOutputWithContext(context.Context) AppGatewayTypeOutput
}

AppGatewayTypeInput is an input type that accepts AppGatewayTypeArgs and AppGatewayTypeOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `AppGatewayTypeInput` via:

AppGatewayTypeArgs{...}

type AppGatewayTypeOutput

type AppGatewayTypeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppGatewayTypeOutput) ElementType

func (AppGatewayTypeOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayTypeOutput

func (o AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayTypeOutput() AppGatewayTypeOutput

func (AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayTypeOutputWithContext

func (o AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayTypeOutput

func (AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutput

func (o AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutput() AppGatewayTypePtrOutput

func (AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext

func (o AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayTypePtrOutput

func (AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToStringOutput

func (o AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext

func (o AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput

func (o AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

func (o AppGatewayTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type AppGatewayTypePtrInput

type AppGatewayTypePtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutput() AppGatewayTypePtrOutput
	ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) AppGatewayTypePtrOutput
}

func AppGatewayTypePtr

func AppGatewayTypePtr(v string) AppGatewayTypePtrInput

type AppGatewayTypePtrOutput

type AppGatewayTypePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (AppGatewayTypePtrOutput) Elem

func (AppGatewayTypePtrOutput) ElementType

func (AppGatewayTypePtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (AppGatewayTypePtrOutput) ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutput

func (o AppGatewayTypePtrOutput) ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutput() AppGatewayTypePtrOutput

func (AppGatewayTypePtrOutput) ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext

func (o AppGatewayTypePtrOutput) ToAppGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) AppGatewayTypePtrOutput

func (AppGatewayTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput

func (o AppGatewayTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (AppGatewayTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

func (o AppGatewayTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type ApplicationDomainIamBinding added in v0.32.0

type ApplicationDomainIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetApplicationDomainIamBinding added in v0.32.0

func GetApplicationDomainIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ApplicationDomainIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ApplicationDomainIamBinding, error)

GetApplicationDomainIamBinding gets an existing ApplicationDomainIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewApplicationDomainIamBinding added in v0.32.0

func NewApplicationDomainIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ApplicationDomainIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ApplicationDomainIamBinding, error)

NewApplicationDomainIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ApplicationDomainIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*ApplicationDomainIamBinding) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ApplicationDomainIamBinding) ToApplicationDomainIamBindingOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *ApplicationDomainIamBinding) ToApplicationDomainIamBindingOutput() ApplicationDomainIamBindingOutput

func (*ApplicationDomainIamBinding) ToApplicationDomainIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *ApplicationDomainIamBinding) ToApplicationDomainIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ApplicationDomainIamBindingOutput

type ApplicationDomainIamBindingArgs added in v0.32.0

type ApplicationDomainIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ApplicationDomainIamBinding resource.

func (ApplicationDomainIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type ApplicationDomainIamBindingInput added in v0.32.0

type ApplicationDomainIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToApplicationDomainIamBindingOutput() ApplicationDomainIamBindingOutput
	ToApplicationDomainIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ApplicationDomainIamBindingOutput
}

type ApplicationDomainIamBindingOutput added in v0.32.0

type ApplicationDomainIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ApplicationDomainIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.32.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (ApplicationDomainIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (ApplicationDomainIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (ApplicationDomainIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.32.0

Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (ApplicationDomainIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (ApplicationDomainIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.32.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (ApplicationDomainIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.32.0

The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.

func (ApplicationDomainIamBindingOutput) ToApplicationDomainIamBindingOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o ApplicationDomainIamBindingOutput) ToApplicationDomainIamBindingOutput() ApplicationDomainIamBindingOutput

func (ApplicationDomainIamBindingOutput) ToApplicationDomainIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o ApplicationDomainIamBindingOutput) ToApplicationDomainIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ApplicationDomainIamBindingOutput

type ApplicationDomainIamBindingState added in v0.32.0

type ApplicationDomainIamBindingState struct {
}

func (ApplicationDomainIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type ApplicationDomainIamMember added in v0.32.0

type ApplicationDomainIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetApplicationDomainIamMember added in v0.32.0

func GetApplicationDomainIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ApplicationDomainIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ApplicationDomainIamMember, error)

GetApplicationDomainIamMember gets an existing ApplicationDomainIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewApplicationDomainIamMember added in v0.32.0

func NewApplicationDomainIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ApplicationDomainIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ApplicationDomainIamMember, error)

NewApplicationDomainIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ApplicationDomainIamMember) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*ApplicationDomainIamMember) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ApplicationDomainIamMember) ToApplicationDomainIamMemberOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *ApplicationDomainIamMember) ToApplicationDomainIamMemberOutput() ApplicationDomainIamMemberOutput

func (*ApplicationDomainIamMember) ToApplicationDomainIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *ApplicationDomainIamMember) ToApplicationDomainIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ApplicationDomainIamMemberOutput

type ApplicationDomainIamMemberArgs added in v0.32.0

type ApplicationDomainIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ApplicationDomainIamMember resource.

func (ApplicationDomainIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type ApplicationDomainIamMemberInput added in v0.32.0

type ApplicationDomainIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToApplicationDomainIamMemberOutput() ApplicationDomainIamMemberOutput
	ToApplicationDomainIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ApplicationDomainIamMemberOutput
}

type ApplicationDomainIamMemberOutput added in v0.32.0

type ApplicationDomainIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ApplicationDomainIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.32.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (ApplicationDomainIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (ApplicationDomainIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (ApplicationDomainIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.32.0

Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (ApplicationDomainIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (ApplicationDomainIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.32.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (ApplicationDomainIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.32.0

The role that should be applied.

func (ApplicationDomainIamMemberOutput) ToApplicationDomainIamMemberOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o ApplicationDomainIamMemberOutput) ToApplicationDomainIamMemberOutput() ApplicationDomainIamMemberOutput

func (ApplicationDomainIamMemberOutput) ToApplicationDomainIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o ApplicationDomainIamMemberOutput) ToApplicationDomainIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ApplicationDomainIamMemberOutput

type ApplicationDomainIamMemberState added in v0.32.0

type ApplicationDomainIamMemberState struct {
}

func (ApplicationDomainIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type ApplicationDomainIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

type ApplicationDomainIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	ApplicationDomainId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"applicationDomainId"`
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"location"`
	Project  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetApplicationDomainIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

func GetApplicationDomainIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ApplicationDomainIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ApplicationDomainIamPolicy, error)

GetApplicationDomainIamPolicy gets an existing ApplicationDomainIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewApplicationDomainIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

func NewApplicationDomainIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ApplicationDomainIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ApplicationDomainIamPolicy, error)

NewApplicationDomainIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ApplicationDomainIamPolicy) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*ApplicationDomainIamPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ApplicationDomainIamPolicy) ToApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *ApplicationDomainIamPolicy) ToApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutput() ApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutput

func (*ApplicationDomainIamPolicy) ToApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *ApplicationDomainIamPolicy) ToApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutput

type ApplicationDomainIamPolicyArgs added in v0.32.0

type ApplicationDomainIamPolicyArgs struct {
	ApplicationDomainId pulumi.StringInput
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ApplicationDomainIamPolicy resource.

func (ApplicationDomainIamPolicyArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type ApplicationDomainIamPolicyInput added in v0.32.0

type ApplicationDomainIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutput() ApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutput
	ToApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutput
}

type ApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutput added in v0.32.0

type ApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutput) ApplicationDomainId added in v0.32.0

func (o ApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutput) ApplicationDomainId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (ApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.32.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (ApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutput) Bindings added in v0.32.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (ApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (ApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (ApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutput) Location added in v0.32.0

func (ApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.32.0

func (ApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutput) ToApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o ApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutput) ToApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutput() ApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutput

func (ApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutput) ToApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o ApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutput) ToApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutput

func (ApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutput) Version added in v0.32.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type ApplicationDomainIamPolicyState added in v0.32.0

type ApplicationDomainIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (ApplicationDomainIamPolicyState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type ApplicationEndpoint

type ApplicationEndpoint struct {
	// Hostname or IP address of the remote application endpoint.
	Host string `pulumi:"host"`
	// Port of the remote application endpoint.
	Port int `pulumi:"port"`
}

ApplicationEndpoint represents a remote application endpoint.

type ApplicationEndpointArgs

type ApplicationEndpointArgs struct {
	// Hostname or IP address of the remote application endpoint.
	Host pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"host"`
	// Port of the remote application endpoint.
	Port pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"port"`
}

ApplicationEndpoint represents a remote application endpoint.

func (ApplicationEndpointArgs) ElementType

func (ApplicationEndpointArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ApplicationEndpointArgs) ToApplicationEndpointOutput

func (i ApplicationEndpointArgs) ToApplicationEndpointOutput() ApplicationEndpointOutput

func (ApplicationEndpointArgs) ToApplicationEndpointOutputWithContext

func (i ApplicationEndpointArgs) ToApplicationEndpointOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ApplicationEndpointOutput

type ApplicationEndpointInput

type ApplicationEndpointInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToApplicationEndpointOutput() ApplicationEndpointOutput
	ToApplicationEndpointOutputWithContext(context.Context) ApplicationEndpointOutput
}

ApplicationEndpointInput is an input type that accepts ApplicationEndpointArgs and ApplicationEndpointOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ApplicationEndpointInput` via:

ApplicationEndpointArgs{...}

type ApplicationEndpointOutput

type ApplicationEndpointOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

ApplicationEndpoint represents a remote application endpoint.

func (ApplicationEndpointOutput) ElementType

func (ApplicationEndpointOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ApplicationEndpointOutput) Host

Hostname or IP address of the remote application endpoint.

func (ApplicationEndpointOutput) Port

Port of the remote application endpoint.

func (ApplicationEndpointOutput) ToApplicationEndpointOutput

func (o ApplicationEndpointOutput) ToApplicationEndpointOutput() ApplicationEndpointOutput

func (ApplicationEndpointOutput) ToApplicationEndpointOutputWithContext

func (o ApplicationEndpointOutput) ToApplicationEndpointOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ApplicationEndpointOutput

type ApplicationEndpointResponse

type ApplicationEndpointResponse struct {
	// Hostname or IP address of the remote application endpoint.
	Host string `pulumi:"host"`
	// Port of the remote application endpoint.
	Port int `pulumi:"port"`
}

ApplicationEndpoint represents a remote application endpoint.

type ApplicationEndpointResponseOutput

type ApplicationEndpointResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

ApplicationEndpoint represents a remote application endpoint.

func (ApplicationEndpointResponseOutput) ElementType

func (ApplicationEndpointResponseOutput) Host

Hostname or IP address of the remote application endpoint.

func (ApplicationEndpointResponseOutput) Port

Port of the remote application endpoint.

func (ApplicationEndpointResponseOutput) ToApplicationEndpointResponseOutput

func (o ApplicationEndpointResponseOutput) ToApplicationEndpointResponseOutput() ApplicationEndpointResponseOutput

func (ApplicationEndpointResponseOutput) ToApplicationEndpointResponseOutputWithContext

func (o ApplicationEndpointResponseOutput) ToApplicationEndpointResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ApplicationEndpointResponseOutput

type ApplicationIamBinding added in v0.26.0

type ApplicationIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetApplicationIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func GetApplicationIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ApplicationIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ApplicationIamBinding, error)

GetApplicationIamBinding gets an existing ApplicationIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewApplicationIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func NewApplicationIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ApplicationIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ApplicationIamBinding, error)

NewApplicationIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ApplicationIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*ApplicationIamBinding) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ApplicationIamBinding) ToApplicationIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *ApplicationIamBinding) ToApplicationIamBindingOutput() ApplicationIamBindingOutput

func (*ApplicationIamBinding) ToApplicationIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *ApplicationIamBinding) ToApplicationIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ApplicationIamBindingOutput

type ApplicationIamBindingArgs added in v0.26.0

type ApplicationIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ApplicationIamBinding resource.

func (ApplicationIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ApplicationIamBindingArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ApplicationIamBindingInput added in v0.26.0

type ApplicationIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToApplicationIamBindingOutput() ApplicationIamBindingOutput
	ToApplicationIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ApplicationIamBindingOutput
}

type ApplicationIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

type ApplicationIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ApplicationIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (ApplicationIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ApplicationIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (ApplicationIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.26.0

Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (ApplicationIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (ApplicationIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (ApplicationIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.

func (ApplicationIamBindingOutput) ToApplicationIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o ApplicationIamBindingOutput) ToApplicationIamBindingOutput() ApplicationIamBindingOutput

func (ApplicationIamBindingOutput) ToApplicationIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o ApplicationIamBindingOutput) ToApplicationIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ApplicationIamBindingOutput

type ApplicationIamBindingState added in v0.26.0

type ApplicationIamBindingState struct {
}

func (ApplicationIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ApplicationIamBindingState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ApplicationIamMember added in v0.26.0

type ApplicationIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetApplicationIamMember added in v0.26.0

func GetApplicationIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ApplicationIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ApplicationIamMember, error)

GetApplicationIamMember gets an existing ApplicationIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewApplicationIamMember added in v0.26.0

func NewApplicationIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ApplicationIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ApplicationIamMember, error)

NewApplicationIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ApplicationIamMember) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*ApplicationIamMember) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ApplicationIamMember) ToApplicationIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *ApplicationIamMember) ToApplicationIamMemberOutput() ApplicationIamMemberOutput

func (*ApplicationIamMember) ToApplicationIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *ApplicationIamMember) ToApplicationIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ApplicationIamMemberOutput

type ApplicationIamMemberArgs added in v0.26.0

type ApplicationIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ApplicationIamMember resource.

func (ApplicationIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ApplicationIamMemberArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ApplicationIamMemberInput added in v0.26.0

type ApplicationIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToApplicationIamMemberOutput() ApplicationIamMemberOutput
	ToApplicationIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ApplicationIamMemberOutput
}

type ApplicationIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

type ApplicationIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ApplicationIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (ApplicationIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ApplicationIamMemberOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ApplicationIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (ApplicationIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.26.0

Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (ApplicationIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (ApplicationIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (ApplicationIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied.

func (ApplicationIamMemberOutput) ToApplicationIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o ApplicationIamMemberOutput) ToApplicationIamMemberOutput() ApplicationIamMemberOutput

func (ApplicationIamMemberOutput) ToApplicationIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o ApplicationIamMemberOutput) ToApplicationIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ApplicationIamMemberOutput

type ApplicationIamMemberState added in v0.26.0

type ApplicationIamMemberState struct {
}

func (ApplicationIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ApplicationIamMemberState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ApplicationIamPolicy added in v0.21.0

type ApplicationIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	ApplicationId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"applicationId"`
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"location"`
	Project  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetApplicationIamPolicy added in v0.21.0

func GetApplicationIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ApplicationIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ApplicationIamPolicy, error)

GetApplicationIamPolicy gets an existing ApplicationIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewApplicationIamPolicy added in v0.21.0

func NewApplicationIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ApplicationIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ApplicationIamPolicy, error)

NewApplicationIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ApplicationIamPolicy) ElementType added in v0.21.0

func (*ApplicationIamPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ApplicationIamPolicy) ToApplicationIamPolicyOutput added in v0.21.0

func (i *ApplicationIamPolicy) ToApplicationIamPolicyOutput() ApplicationIamPolicyOutput

func (*ApplicationIamPolicy) ToApplicationIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.21.0

func (i *ApplicationIamPolicy) ToApplicationIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ApplicationIamPolicyOutput

type ApplicationIamPolicyArgs added in v0.21.0

type ApplicationIamPolicyArgs struct {
	ApplicationId pulumi.StringInput
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ApplicationIamPolicy resource.

func (ApplicationIamPolicyArgs) ElementType added in v0.21.0

func (ApplicationIamPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ApplicationIamPolicyInput added in v0.21.0

type ApplicationIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToApplicationIamPolicyOutput() ApplicationIamPolicyOutput
	ToApplicationIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ApplicationIamPolicyOutput
}

type ApplicationIamPolicyOutput added in v0.21.0

type ApplicationIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ApplicationIamPolicyOutput) ApplicationId added in v0.21.0

func (ApplicationIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.21.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (ApplicationIamPolicyOutput) Bindings added in v0.21.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (ApplicationIamPolicyOutput) ElementType added in v0.21.0

func (ApplicationIamPolicyOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ApplicationIamPolicyOutput) Etag added in v0.21.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (ApplicationIamPolicyOutput) Location added in v0.21.0

func (ApplicationIamPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.21.0

func (ApplicationIamPolicyOutput) ToApplicationIamPolicyOutput added in v0.21.0

func (o ApplicationIamPolicyOutput) ToApplicationIamPolicyOutput() ApplicationIamPolicyOutput

func (ApplicationIamPolicyOutput) ToApplicationIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.21.0

func (o ApplicationIamPolicyOutput) ToApplicationIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ApplicationIamPolicyOutput

func (ApplicationIamPolicyOutput) Version added in v0.21.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type ApplicationIamPolicyState added in v0.21.0

type ApplicationIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (ApplicationIamPolicyState) ElementType added in v0.21.0

func (ApplicationIamPolicyState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type BrowserDlpRule added in v0.32.0

type BrowserDlpRule struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// The group to which this Rule should be applied to.
	Group GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupResponseOutput `pulumi:"group"`
	// Unique resource name. The name is ignored when creating BrowserDlpRule.
	Name            pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	OrganizationId  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	PartnerTenantId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"requestId"`
	// The policy settings to apply.
	RuleSetting GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingResponseOutput `pulumi:"ruleSetting"`
}

Creates a new BrowserDlpRule in a given organization and PartnerTenant. Auto-naming is currently not supported for this resource.

func GetBrowserDlpRule added in v0.32.0

func GetBrowserDlpRule(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *BrowserDlpRuleState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*BrowserDlpRule, error)

GetBrowserDlpRule gets an existing BrowserDlpRule resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewBrowserDlpRule added in v0.32.0

func NewBrowserDlpRule(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *BrowserDlpRuleArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*BrowserDlpRule, error)

NewBrowserDlpRule registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*BrowserDlpRule) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*BrowserDlpRule) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*BrowserDlpRule) ToBrowserDlpRuleOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *BrowserDlpRule) ToBrowserDlpRuleOutput() BrowserDlpRuleOutput

func (*BrowserDlpRule) ToBrowserDlpRuleOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *BrowserDlpRule) ToBrowserDlpRuleOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BrowserDlpRuleOutput

type BrowserDlpRuleArgs added in v0.32.0

type BrowserDlpRuleArgs struct {
	// The group to which this Rule should be applied to.
	Group           GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupInput
	OrganizationId  pulumi.StringInput
	PartnerTenantId pulumi.StringInput
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The policy settings to apply.
	RuleSetting GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a BrowserDlpRule resource.

func (BrowserDlpRuleArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (BrowserDlpRuleArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type BrowserDlpRuleInput added in v0.32.0

type BrowserDlpRuleInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToBrowserDlpRuleOutput() BrowserDlpRuleOutput
	ToBrowserDlpRuleOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BrowserDlpRuleOutput
}

type BrowserDlpRuleOutput added in v0.32.0

type BrowserDlpRuleOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (BrowserDlpRuleOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (BrowserDlpRuleOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (BrowserDlpRuleOutput) Group added in v0.32.0

The group to which this Rule should be applied to.

func (BrowserDlpRuleOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

Unique resource name. The name is ignored when creating BrowserDlpRule.

func (BrowserDlpRuleOutput) OrganizationId added in v0.32.0

func (o BrowserDlpRuleOutput) OrganizationId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (BrowserDlpRuleOutput) PartnerTenantId added in v0.32.0

func (o BrowserDlpRuleOutput) PartnerTenantId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (BrowserDlpRuleOutput) RequestId added in v0.32.0

Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

func (BrowserDlpRuleOutput) RuleSetting added in v0.32.0

The policy settings to apply.

func (BrowserDlpRuleOutput) ToBrowserDlpRuleOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o BrowserDlpRuleOutput) ToBrowserDlpRuleOutput() BrowserDlpRuleOutput

func (BrowserDlpRuleOutput) ToBrowserDlpRuleOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o BrowserDlpRuleOutput) ToBrowserDlpRuleOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) BrowserDlpRuleOutput

type BrowserDlpRuleState added in v0.32.0

type BrowserDlpRuleState struct {
}

func (BrowserDlpRuleState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (BrowserDlpRuleState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ClientConnectorServiceIamBinding added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetClientConnectorServiceIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func GetClientConnectorServiceIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientConnectorServiceIamBinding, error)

GetClientConnectorServiceIamBinding gets an existing ClientConnectorServiceIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewClientConnectorServiceIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func NewClientConnectorServiceIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientConnectorServiceIamBinding, error)

NewClientConnectorServiceIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ClientConnectorServiceIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*ClientConnectorServiceIamBinding) ToClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *ClientConnectorServiceIamBinding) ToClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput() ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput

func (*ClientConnectorServiceIamBinding) ToClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *ClientConnectorServiceIamBinding) ToClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput

type ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingArgs added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ClientConnectorServiceIamBinding resource.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingInput added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput() ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput
	ToClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput
}

type ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.26.0

Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput) ToClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput) ToClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput() ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput) ToClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput) ToClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingOutput

type ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingState added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingState struct {
}

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamMember added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetClientConnectorServiceIamMember added in v0.26.0

func GetClientConnectorServiceIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientConnectorServiceIamMember, error)

GetClientConnectorServiceIamMember gets an existing ClientConnectorServiceIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewClientConnectorServiceIamMember added in v0.26.0

func NewClientConnectorServiceIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientConnectorServiceIamMember, error)

NewClientConnectorServiceIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ClientConnectorServiceIamMember) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*ClientConnectorServiceIamMember) ToClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *ClientConnectorServiceIamMember) ToClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput() ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput

func (*ClientConnectorServiceIamMember) ToClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *ClientConnectorServiceIamMember) ToClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput

type ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberArgs added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ClientConnectorServiceIamMember resource.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberInput added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput() ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput
	ToClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput
}

type ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.26.0

Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput) ToClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput) ToClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput() ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput) ToClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput) ToClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberOutput

type ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberState added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberState struct {
}

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy

type ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings                 GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	ClientConnectorServiceId pulumi.StringOutput                   `pulumi:"clientConnectorServiceId"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"location"`
	Project  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy

func GetClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy, error)

GetClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy gets an existing ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy

func NewClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy, error)

NewClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy) ElementType

func (*ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy) ToClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput

func (i *ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy) ToClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput() ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput

func (*ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy) ToClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (i *ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy) ToClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput

type ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyArgs

type ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyArgs struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings                 GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput
	ClientConnectorServiceId pulumi.StringInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy resource.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyArgs) ElementType

type ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyInput

type ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput() ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput
	ToClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput
}

type ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput

type ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput) Bindings

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput) ClientConnectorServiceId added in v0.21.0

func (o ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput) ClientConnectorServiceId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput) ElementType

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput) Etag

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput) Location added in v0.21.0

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.21.0

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput) ToClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput

func (o ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput) ToClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput() ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput) ToClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (o ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput) ToClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutput) Version

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyState

type ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (ClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyState) ElementType

type ClientGatewayIamBinding added in v0.26.0

type ClientGatewayIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetClientGatewayIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func GetClientGatewayIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ClientGatewayIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientGatewayIamBinding, error)

GetClientGatewayIamBinding gets an existing ClientGatewayIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewClientGatewayIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func NewClientGatewayIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ClientGatewayIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientGatewayIamBinding, error)

NewClientGatewayIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ClientGatewayIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*ClientGatewayIamBinding) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ClientGatewayIamBinding) ToClientGatewayIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *ClientGatewayIamBinding) ToClientGatewayIamBindingOutput() ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput

func (*ClientGatewayIamBinding) ToClientGatewayIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *ClientGatewayIamBinding) ToClientGatewayIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput

type ClientGatewayIamBindingArgs added in v0.26.0

type ClientGatewayIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ClientGatewayIamBinding resource.

func (ClientGatewayIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type ClientGatewayIamBindingInput added in v0.26.0

type ClientGatewayIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToClientGatewayIamBindingOutput() ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput
	ToClientGatewayIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput
}

type ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

type ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.26.0

Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.

func (ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput) ToClientGatewayIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput) ToClientGatewayIamBindingOutput() ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput

func (ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput) ToClientGatewayIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput) ToClientGatewayIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientGatewayIamBindingOutput

type ClientGatewayIamBindingState added in v0.26.0

type ClientGatewayIamBindingState struct {
}

func (ClientGatewayIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type ClientGatewayIamMember added in v0.26.0

type ClientGatewayIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetClientGatewayIamMember added in v0.26.0

func GetClientGatewayIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ClientGatewayIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientGatewayIamMember, error)

GetClientGatewayIamMember gets an existing ClientGatewayIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewClientGatewayIamMember added in v0.26.0

func NewClientGatewayIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ClientGatewayIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientGatewayIamMember, error)

NewClientGatewayIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ClientGatewayIamMember) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*ClientGatewayIamMember) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ClientGatewayIamMember) ToClientGatewayIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *ClientGatewayIamMember) ToClientGatewayIamMemberOutput() ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput

func (*ClientGatewayIamMember) ToClientGatewayIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *ClientGatewayIamMember) ToClientGatewayIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput

type ClientGatewayIamMemberArgs added in v0.26.0

type ClientGatewayIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ClientGatewayIamMember resource.

func (ClientGatewayIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ClientGatewayIamMemberArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ClientGatewayIamMemberInput added in v0.26.0

type ClientGatewayIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToClientGatewayIamMemberOutput() ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput
	ToClientGatewayIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput
}

type ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

type ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.26.0

Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied.

func (ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput) ToClientGatewayIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput) ToClientGatewayIamMemberOutput() ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput

func (ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput) ToClientGatewayIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput) ToClientGatewayIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientGatewayIamMemberOutput

type ClientGatewayIamMemberState added in v0.26.0

type ClientGatewayIamMemberState struct {
}

func (ClientGatewayIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

type ClientGatewayIamPolicy

type ClientGatewayIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings        GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	ClientGatewayId pulumi.StringOutput                   `pulumi:"clientGatewayId"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"location"`
	Project  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetClientGatewayIamPolicy

func GetClientGatewayIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ClientGatewayIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientGatewayIamPolicy, error)

GetClientGatewayIamPolicy gets an existing ClientGatewayIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewClientGatewayIamPolicy

func NewClientGatewayIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ClientGatewayIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ClientGatewayIamPolicy, error)

NewClientGatewayIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ClientGatewayIamPolicy) ElementType

func (*ClientGatewayIamPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ClientGatewayIamPolicy) ToClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput

func (i *ClientGatewayIamPolicy) ToClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput() ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput

func (*ClientGatewayIamPolicy) ToClientGatewayIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (i *ClientGatewayIamPolicy) ToClientGatewayIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput

type ClientGatewayIamPolicyArgs

type ClientGatewayIamPolicyArgs struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings        GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput
	ClientGatewayId pulumi.StringInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ClientGatewayIamPolicy resource.

func (ClientGatewayIamPolicyArgs) ElementType

func (ClientGatewayIamPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ClientGatewayIamPolicyInput

type ClientGatewayIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput() ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput
	ToClientGatewayIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput
}

type ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput

type ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput) Bindings

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput) ClientGatewayId added in v0.21.0

func (o ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput) ClientGatewayId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput) ElementType

func (ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput) Etag

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput) Location added in v0.21.0

func (ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.21.0

func (ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput) ToClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput

func (o ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput) ToClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput() ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput

func (ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput) ToClientGatewayIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (o ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput) ToClientGatewayIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput

func (ClientGatewayIamPolicyOutput) Version

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type ClientGatewayIamPolicyState

type ClientGatewayIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (ClientGatewayIamPolicyState) ElementType

type Connection

type Connection struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Address of the remote application endpoint for the BeyondCorp Connection.
	ApplicationEndpoint ApplicationEndpointResponseOutput `pulumi:"applicationEndpoint"`
	// Optional. User-settable connection resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.
	ConnectionId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"connectionId"`
	// Optional. List of [google.cloud.beyondcorp.v1main.Connector.name] that are authorised to be associated with this Connection.
	Connectors pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"connectors"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the connection. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"displayName"`
	// Optional. Gateway used by the connection.
	Gateway GatewayResponseOutput `pulumi:"gateway"`
	// Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"labels"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput    `pulumi:"location"`
	// Unique resource name of the connection. The name is ignored when creating a connection.
	Name    pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"requestId"`
	// The current state of the connection.
	State pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"state"`
	// The type of network connectivity used by the connection.
	Type pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"type"`
	// A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
	Uid pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"uid"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

Creates a new Connection in a given project and location.

func GetConnection

func GetConnection(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ConnectionState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Connection, error)

GetConnection gets an existing Connection resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewConnection

func NewConnection(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ConnectionArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Connection, error)

NewConnection registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*Connection) ElementType

func (*Connection) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*Connection) ToConnectionOutput

func (i *Connection) ToConnectionOutput() ConnectionOutput

func (*Connection) ToConnectionOutputWithContext

func (i *Connection) ToConnectionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectionOutput

type ConnectionArgs

type ConnectionArgs struct {
	// Address of the remote application endpoint for the BeyondCorp Connection.
	ApplicationEndpoint ApplicationEndpointInput
	// Optional. User-settable connection resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.
	ConnectionId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. List of [google.cloud.beyondcorp.v1main.Connector.name] that are authorised to be associated with this Connection.
	Connectors pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the connection. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Gateway used by the connection.
	Gateway GatewayPtrInput
	// Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Unique resource name of the connection. The name is ignored when creating a connection.
	Name    pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// The type of network connectivity used by the connection.
	Type ConnectionTypeInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a Connection resource.

func (ConnectionArgs) ElementType

func (ConnectionArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ConnectionIamBinding added in v0.26.0

type ConnectionIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetConnectionIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func GetConnectionIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ConnectionIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ConnectionIamBinding, error)

GetConnectionIamBinding gets an existing ConnectionIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewConnectionIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func NewConnectionIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ConnectionIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ConnectionIamBinding, error)

NewConnectionIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ConnectionIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*ConnectionIamBinding) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ConnectionIamBinding) ToConnectionIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *ConnectionIamBinding) ToConnectionIamBindingOutput() ConnectionIamBindingOutput

func (*ConnectionIamBinding) ToConnectionIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *ConnectionIamBinding) ToConnectionIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectionIamBindingOutput

type ConnectionIamBindingArgs added in v0.26.0

type ConnectionIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ConnectionIamBinding resource.

func (ConnectionIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ConnectionIamBindingArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ConnectionIamBindingInput added in v0.26.0

type ConnectionIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToConnectionIamBindingOutput() ConnectionIamBindingOutput
	ToConnectionIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectionIamBindingOutput
}

type ConnectionIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

type ConnectionIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ConnectionIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (ConnectionIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ConnectionIamBindingOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ConnectionIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (ConnectionIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.26.0

Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (ConnectionIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (ConnectionIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (ConnectionIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.

func (ConnectionIamBindingOutput) ToConnectionIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o ConnectionIamBindingOutput) ToConnectionIamBindingOutput() ConnectionIamBindingOutput

func (ConnectionIamBindingOutput) ToConnectionIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o ConnectionIamBindingOutput) ToConnectionIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectionIamBindingOutput

type ConnectionIamBindingState added in v0.26.0

type ConnectionIamBindingState struct {
}

func (ConnectionIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ConnectionIamBindingState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ConnectionIamMember added in v0.26.0

type ConnectionIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetConnectionIamMember added in v0.26.0

func GetConnectionIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ConnectionIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ConnectionIamMember, error)

GetConnectionIamMember gets an existing ConnectionIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewConnectionIamMember added in v0.26.0

func NewConnectionIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ConnectionIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ConnectionIamMember, error)

NewConnectionIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ConnectionIamMember) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*ConnectionIamMember) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ConnectionIamMember) ToConnectionIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *ConnectionIamMember) ToConnectionIamMemberOutput() ConnectionIamMemberOutput

func (*ConnectionIamMember) ToConnectionIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *ConnectionIamMember) ToConnectionIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectionIamMemberOutput

type ConnectionIamMemberArgs added in v0.26.0

type ConnectionIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ConnectionIamMember resource.

func (ConnectionIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ConnectionIamMemberArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ConnectionIamMemberInput added in v0.26.0

type ConnectionIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToConnectionIamMemberOutput() ConnectionIamMemberOutput
	ToConnectionIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectionIamMemberOutput
}

type ConnectionIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

type ConnectionIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ConnectionIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (ConnectionIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ConnectionIamMemberOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ConnectionIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (ConnectionIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.26.0

Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (ConnectionIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (ConnectionIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (ConnectionIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied.

func (ConnectionIamMemberOutput) ToConnectionIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o ConnectionIamMemberOutput) ToConnectionIamMemberOutput() ConnectionIamMemberOutput

func (ConnectionIamMemberOutput) ToConnectionIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o ConnectionIamMemberOutput) ToConnectionIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectionIamMemberOutput

type ConnectionIamMemberState added in v0.26.0

type ConnectionIamMemberState struct {
}

func (ConnectionIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ConnectionIamMemberState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ConnectionIamPolicy

type ConnectionIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings     GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	ConnectionId pulumi.StringOutput                   `pulumi:"connectionId"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"location"`
	Project  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetConnectionIamPolicy

func GetConnectionIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ConnectionIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ConnectionIamPolicy, error)

GetConnectionIamPolicy gets an existing ConnectionIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewConnectionIamPolicy

func NewConnectionIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ConnectionIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ConnectionIamPolicy, error)

NewConnectionIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ConnectionIamPolicy) ElementType

func (*ConnectionIamPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ConnectionIamPolicy) ToConnectionIamPolicyOutput

func (i *ConnectionIamPolicy) ToConnectionIamPolicyOutput() ConnectionIamPolicyOutput

func (*ConnectionIamPolicy) ToConnectionIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (i *ConnectionIamPolicy) ToConnectionIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectionIamPolicyOutput

type ConnectionIamPolicyArgs

type ConnectionIamPolicyArgs struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings     GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput
	ConnectionId pulumi.StringInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ConnectionIamPolicy resource.

func (ConnectionIamPolicyArgs) ElementType

func (ConnectionIamPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ConnectionIamPolicyInput

type ConnectionIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToConnectionIamPolicyOutput() ConnectionIamPolicyOutput
	ToConnectionIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectionIamPolicyOutput
}

type ConnectionIamPolicyOutput

type ConnectionIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ConnectionIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (ConnectionIamPolicyOutput) Bindings

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (ConnectionIamPolicyOutput) ConnectionId added in v0.21.0

func (ConnectionIamPolicyOutput) ElementType

func (ConnectionIamPolicyOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ConnectionIamPolicyOutput) Etag

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (ConnectionIamPolicyOutput) Location added in v0.21.0

func (ConnectionIamPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.21.0

func (ConnectionIamPolicyOutput) ToConnectionIamPolicyOutput

func (o ConnectionIamPolicyOutput) ToConnectionIamPolicyOutput() ConnectionIamPolicyOutput

func (ConnectionIamPolicyOutput) ToConnectionIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (o ConnectionIamPolicyOutput) ToConnectionIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectionIamPolicyOutput

func (ConnectionIamPolicyOutput) Version

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type ConnectionIamPolicyState

type ConnectionIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (ConnectionIamPolicyState) ElementType

func (ConnectionIamPolicyState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ConnectionInput

type ConnectionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToConnectionOutput() ConnectionOutput
	ToConnectionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectionOutput
}

type ConnectionOutput

type ConnectionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ConnectionOutput) ApplicationEndpoint

func (o ConnectionOutput) ApplicationEndpoint() ApplicationEndpointResponseOutput

Address of the remote application endpoint for the BeyondCorp Connection.

func (ConnectionOutput) ConnectionId added in v0.21.0

func (o ConnectionOutput) ConnectionId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. User-settable connection resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.

func (ConnectionOutput) Connectors

func (o ConnectionOutput) Connectors() pulumi.StringArrayOutput

Optional. List of [google.cloud.beyondcorp.v1main.Connector.name] that are authorised to be associated with this Connection.

func (ConnectionOutput) CreateTime

func (o ConnectionOutput) CreateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Timestamp when the resource was created.

func (ConnectionOutput) DisplayName

func (o ConnectionOutput) DisplayName() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the connection. Cannot exceed 64 characters.

func (ConnectionOutput) ElementType

func (ConnectionOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ConnectionOutput) Gateway

Optional. Gateway used by the connection.

func (ConnectionOutput) Labels

Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.

func (ConnectionOutput) Location added in v0.21.0

func (o ConnectionOutput) Location() pulumi.StringOutput

func (ConnectionOutput) Name

Unique resource name of the connection. The name is ignored when creating a connection.

func (ConnectionOutput) Project added in v0.21.0

func (o ConnectionOutput) Project() pulumi.StringOutput

func (ConnectionOutput) RequestId added in v0.21.0

func (o ConnectionOutput) RequestId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

func (ConnectionOutput) State

The current state of the connection.

func (ConnectionOutput) ToConnectionOutput

func (o ConnectionOutput) ToConnectionOutput() ConnectionOutput

func (ConnectionOutput) ToConnectionOutputWithContext

func (o ConnectionOutput) ToConnectionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectionOutput

func (ConnectionOutput) Type

The type of network connectivity used by the connection.

func (ConnectionOutput) Uid

A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.

func (ConnectionOutput) UpdateTime

func (o ConnectionOutput) UpdateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Timestamp when the resource was last modified.

type ConnectionState

type ConnectionState struct {
}

func (ConnectionState) ElementType

func (ConnectionState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ConnectionType

type ConnectionType string

Required. The type of network connectivity used by the connection.

func (ConnectionType) ElementType

func (ConnectionType) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ConnectionType) ToConnectionTypeOutput

func (e ConnectionType) ToConnectionTypeOutput() ConnectionTypeOutput

func (ConnectionType) ToConnectionTypeOutputWithContext

func (e ConnectionType) ToConnectionTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectionTypeOutput

func (ConnectionType) ToConnectionTypePtrOutput

func (e ConnectionType) ToConnectionTypePtrOutput() ConnectionTypePtrOutput

func (ConnectionType) ToConnectionTypePtrOutputWithContext

func (e ConnectionType) ToConnectionTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectionTypePtrOutput

func (ConnectionType) ToStringOutput

func (e ConnectionType) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (ConnectionType) ToStringOutputWithContext

func (e ConnectionType) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (ConnectionType) ToStringPtrOutput

func (e ConnectionType) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (ConnectionType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

func (e ConnectionType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type ConnectionTypeInput

type ConnectionTypeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToConnectionTypeOutput() ConnectionTypeOutput
	ToConnectionTypeOutputWithContext(context.Context) ConnectionTypeOutput
}

ConnectionTypeInput is an input type that accepts ConnectionTypeArgs and ConnectionTypeOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ConnectionTypeInput` via:

ConnectionTypeArgs{...}

type ConnectionTypeOutput

type ConnectionTypeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ConnectionTypeOutput) ElementType

func (ConnectionTypeOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ConnectionTypeOutput) ToConnectionTypeOutput

func (o ConnectionTypeOutput) ToConnectionTypeOutput() ConnectionTypeOutput

func (ConnectionTypeOutput) ToConnectionTypeOutputWithContext

func (o ConnectionTypeOutput) ToConnectionTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectionTypeOutput

func (ConnectionTypeOutput) ToConnectionTypePtrOutput

func (o ConnectionTypeOutput) ToConnectionTypePtrOutput() ConnectionTypePtrOutput

func (ConnectionTypeOutput) ToConnectionTypePtrOutputWithContext

func (o ConnectionTypeOutput) ToConnectionTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectionTypePtrOutput

func (ConnectionTypeOutput) ToStringOutput

func (o ConnectionTypeOutput) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (ConnectionTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext

func (o ConnectionTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (ConnectionTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput

func (o ConnectionTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (ConnectionTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

func (o ConnectionTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type ConnectionTypePtrInput

type ConnectionTypePtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToConnectionTypePtrOutput() ConnectionTypePtrOutput
	ToConnectionTypePtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) ConnectionTypePtrOutput
}

func ConnectionTypePtr

func ConnectionTypePtr(v string) ConnectionTypePtrInput

type ConnectionTypePtrOutput

type ConnectionTypePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ConnectionTypePtrOutput) Elem

func (ConnectionTypePtrOutput) ElementType

func (ConnectionTypePtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ConnectionTypePtrOutput) ToConnectionTypePtrOutput

func (o ConnectionTypePtrOutput) ToConnectionTypePtrOutput() ConnectionTypePtrOutput

func (ConnectionTypePtrOutput) ToConnectionTypePtrOutputWithContext

func (o ConnectionTypePtrOutput) ToConnectionTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectionTypePtrOutput

func (ConnectionTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput

func (o ConnectionTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (ConnectionTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

func (o ConnectionTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type Connector

type Connector struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Optional. User-settable connector resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.
	ConnectorId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"connectorId"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the connector. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"displayName"`
	// Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapOutput `pulumi:"labels"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput    `pulumi:"location"`
	// Unique resource name of the connector. The name is ignored when creating a connector.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// Principal information about the Identity of the connector.
	PrincipalInfo PrincipalInfoResponseOutput `pulumi:"principalInfo"`
	Project       pulumi.StringOutput         `pulumi:"project"`
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"requestId"`
	// Optional. Resource info of the connector.
	ResourceInfo ResourceInfoResponseOutput `pulumi:"resourceInfo"`
	// The current state of the connector.
	State pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"state"`
	// A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
	Uid pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"uid"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

Creates a new Connector in a given project and location.

func GetConnector

func GetConnector(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ConnectorState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Connector, error)

GetConnector gets an existing Connector resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewConnector

func NewConnector(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ConnectorArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Connector, error)

NewConnector registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*Connector) ElementType

func (*Connector) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*Connector) ToConnectorOutput

func (i *Connector) ToConnectorOutput() ConnectorOutput

func (*Connector) ToConnectorOutputWithContext

func (i *Connector) ToConnectorOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectorOutput

type ConnectorArgs

type ConnectorArgs struct {
	// Optional. User-settable connector resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.
	ConnectorId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the connector. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
	Labels   pulumi.StringMapInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Unique resource name of the connector. The name is ignored when creating a connector.
	Name pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Principal information about the Identity of the connector.
	PrincipalInfo PrincipalInfoInput
	Project       pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Resource info of the connector.
	ResourceInfo ResourceInfoPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a Connector resource.

func (ConnectorArgs) ElementType

func (ConnectorArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ConnectorIamBinding added in v0.26.0

type ConnectorIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetConnectorIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func GetConnectorIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ConnectorIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ConnectorIamBinding, error)

GetConnectorIamBinding gets an existing ConnectorIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewConnectorIamBinding added in v0.26.0

func NewConnectorIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ConnectorIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ConnectorIamBinding, error)

NewConnectorIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ConnectorIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*ConnectorIamBinding) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ConnectorIamBinding) ToConnectorIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *ConnectorIamBinding) ToConnectorIamBindingOutput() ConnectorIamBindingOutput

func (*ConnectorIamBinding) ToConnectorIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *ConnectorIamBinding) ToConnectorIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectorIamBindingOutput

type ConnectorIamBindingArgs added in v0.26.0

type ConnectorIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ConnectorIamBinding resource.

func (ConnectorIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ConnectorIamBindingArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ConnectorIamBindingInput added in v0.26.0

type ConnectorIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToConnectorIamBindingOutput() ConnectorIamBindingOutput
	ToConnectorIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectorIamBindingOutput
}

type ConnectorIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

type ConnectorIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ConnectorIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (ConnectorIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ConnectorIamBindingOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ConnectorIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (ConnectorIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.26.0

Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (ConnectorIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (ConnectorIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (ConnectorIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.

func (ConnectorIamBindingOutput) ToConnectorIamBindingOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o ConnectorIamBindingOutput) ToConnectorIamBindingOutput() ConnectorIamBindingOutput

func (ConnectorIamBindingOutput) ToConnectorIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o ConnectorIamBindingOutput) ToConnectorIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectorIamBindingOutput

type ConnectorIamBindingState added in v0.26.0

type ConnectorIamBindingState struct {
}

func (ConnectorIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ConnectorIamBindingState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ConnectorIamMember added in v0.26.0

type ConnectorIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetConnectorIamMember added in v0.26.0

func GetConnectorIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ConnectorIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ConnectorIamMember, error)

GetConnectorIamMember gets an existing ConnectorIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewConnectorIamMember added in v0.26.0

func NewConnectorIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ConnectorIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ConnectorIamMember, error)

NewConnectorIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ConnectorIamMember) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (*ConnectorIamMember) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ConnectorIamMember) ToConnectorIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (i *ConnectorIamMember) ToConnectorIamMemberOutput() ConnectorIamMemberOutput

func (*ConnectorIamMember) ToConnectorIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (i *ConnectorIamMember) ToConnectorIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectorIamMemberOutput

type ConnectorIamMemberArgs added in v0.26.0

type ConnectorIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ConnectorIamMember resource.

func (ConnectorIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ConnectorIamMemberArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ConnectorIamMemberInput added in v0.26.0

type ConnectorIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToConnectorIamMemberOutput() ConnectorIamMemberOutput
	ToConnectorIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectorIamMemberOutput
}

type ConnectorIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

type ConnectorIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ConnectorIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.26.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (ConnectorIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ConnectorIamMemberOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ConnectorIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.26.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (ConnectorIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.26.0

Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (ConnectorIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.26.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (ConnectorIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.26.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (ConnectorIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.26.0

The role that should be applied.

func (ConnectorIamMemberOutput) ToConnectorIamMemberOutput added in v0.26.0

func (o ConnectorIamMemberOutput) ToConnectorIamMemberOutput() ConnectorIamMemberOutput

func (ConnectorIamMemberOutput) ToConnectorIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.26.0

func (o ConnectorIamMemberOutput) ToConnectorIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectorIamMemberOutput

type ConnectorIamMemberState added in v0.26.0

type ConnectorIamMemberState struct {
}

func (ConnectorIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.26.0

func (ConnectorIamMemberState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ConnectorIamPolicy

type ConnectorIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings    GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	ConnectorId pulumi.StringOutput                   `pulumi:"connectorId"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"location"`
	Project  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetConnectorIamPolicy

func GetConnectorIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ConnectorIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ConnectorIamPolicy, error)

GetConnectorIamPolicy gets an existing ConnectorIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewConnectorIamPolicy

func NewConnectorIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ConnectorIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ConnectorIamPolicy, error)

NewConnectorIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ConnectorIamPolicy) ElementType

func (*ConnectorIamPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ConnectorIamPolicy) ToConnectorIamPolicyOutput

func (i *ConnectorIamPolicy) ToConnectorIamPolicyOutput() ConnectorIamPolicyOutput

func (*ConnectorIamPolicy) ToConnectorIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (i *ConnectorIamPolicy) ToConnectorIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectorIamPolicyOutput

type ConnectorIamPolicyArgs

type ConnectorIamPolicyArgs struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings    GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput
	ConnectorId pulumi.StringInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag     pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Project  pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ConnectorIamPolicy resource.

func (ConnectorIamPolicyArgs) ElementType

func (ConnectorIamPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ConnectorIamPolicyInput

type ConnectorIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToConnectorIamPolicyOutput() ConnectorIamPolicyOutput
	ToConnectorIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectorIamPolicyOutput
}

type ConnectorIamPolicyOutput

type ConnectorIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ConnectorIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (ConnectorIamPolicyOutput) Bindings

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (ConnectorIamPolicyOutput) ConnectorId added in v0.21.0

func (ConnectorIamPolicyOutput) ElementType

func (ConnectorIamPolicyOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ConnectorIamPolicyOutput) Etag

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (ConnectorIamPolicyOutput) Location added in v0.21.0

func (ConnectorIamPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.21.0

func (ConnectorIamPolicyOutput) ToConnectorIamPolicyOutput

func (o ConnectorIamPolicyOutput) ToConnectorIamPolicyOutput() ConnectorIamPolicyOutput

func (ConnectorIamPolicyOutput) ToConnectorIamPolicyOutputWithContext

func (o ConnectorIamPolicyOutput) ToConnectorIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectorIamPolicyOutput

func (ConnectorIamPolicyOutput) Version

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type ConnectorIamPolicyState

type ConnectorIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (ConnectorIamPolicyState) ElementType

func (ConnectorIamPolicyState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ConnectorInput

type ConnectorInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToConnectorOutput() ConnectorOutput
	ToConnectorOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectorOutput
}

type ConnectorOutput

type ConnectorOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ConnectorOutput) ConnectorId added in v0.21.0

func (o ConnectorOutput) ConnectorId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. User-settable connector resource ID. * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 4-63 characters from `/a-z-/`. * Must end with a number or a letter.

func (ConnectorOutput) CreateTime

func (o ConnectorOutput) CreateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Timestamp when the resource was created.

func (ConnectorOutput) DisplayName

func (o ConnectorOutput) DisplayName() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the connector. Cannot exceed 64 characters.

func (ConnectorOutput) ElementType

func (ConnectorOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ConnectorOutput) Labels

Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.

func (ConnectorOutput) Location added in v0.21.0

func (o ConnectorOutput) Location() pulumi.StringOutput

func (ConnectorOutput) Name

Unique resource name of the connector. The name is ignored when creating a connector.

func (ConnectorOutput) PrincipalInfo

func (o ConnectorOutput) PrincipalInfo() PrincipalInfoResponseOutput

Principal information about the Identity of the connector.

func (ConnectorOutput) Project added in v0.21.0

func (o ConnectorOutput) Project() pulumi.StringOutput

func (ConnectorOutput) RequestId added in v0.21.0

func (o ConnectorOutput) RequestId() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

func (ConnectorOutput) ResourceInfo

Optional. Resource info of the connector.

func (ConnectorOutput) State

The current state of the connector.

func (ConnectorOutput) ToConnectorOutput

func (o ConnectorOutput) ToConnectorOutput() ConnectorOutput

func (ConnectorOutput) ToConnectorOutputWithContext

func (o ConnectorOutput) ToConnectorOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ConnectorOutput

func (ConnectorOutput) Uid

A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.

func (ConnectorOutput) UpdateTime

func (o ConnectorOutput) UpdateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Timestamp when the resource was last modified.

type ConnectorState

type ConnectorState struct {
}

func (ConnectorState) ElementType

func (ConnectorState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type Gateway

type Gateway struct {
	// The type of hosting used by the gateway.
	Type GatewayType `pulumi:"type"`
}

Gateway represents a user facing component that serves as an entrance to enable connectivity.

type GatewayArgs

type GatewayArgs struct {
	// The type of hosting used by the gateway.
	Type GatewayTypeInput `pulumi:"type"`
}

Gateway represents a user facing component that serves as an entrance to enable connectivity.

func (GatewayArgs) ElementType

func (GatewayArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GatewayArgs) ToGatewayOutput

func (i GatewayArgs) ToGatewayOutput() GatewayOutput

func (GatewayArgs) ToGatewayOutputWithContext

func (i GatewayArgs) ToGatewayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GatewayOutput

func (GatewayArgs) ToGatewayPtrOutput

func (i GatewayArgs) ToGatewayPtrOutput() GatewayPtrOutput

func (GatewayArgs) ToGatewayPtrOutputWithContext

func (i GatewayArgs) ToGatewayPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GatewayPtrOutput

type GatewayInput

type GatewayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGatewayOutput() GatewayOutput
	ToGatewayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GatewayOutput
}

GatewayInput is an input type that accepts GatewayArgs and GatewayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GatewayInput` via:

GatewayArgs{...}

type GatewayOutput

type GatewayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Gateway represents a user facing component that serves as an entrance to enable connectivity.

func (GatewayOutput) ElementType

func (GatewayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GatewayOutput) ToGatewayOutput

func (o GatewayOutput) ToGatewayOutput() GatewayOutput

func (GatewayOutput) ToGatewayOutputWithContext

func (o GatewayOutput) ToGatewayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GatewayOutput

func (GatewayOutput) ToGatewayPtrOutput

func (o GatewayOutput) ToGatewayPtrOutput() GatewayPtrOutput

func (GatewayOutput) ToGatewayPtrOutputWithContext

func (o GatewayOutput) ToGatewayPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GatewayPtrOutput

func (GatewayOutput) Type

The type of hosting used by the gateway.

type GatewayPtrInput

type GatewayPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGatewayPtrOutput() GatewayPtrOutput
	ToGatewayPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) GatewayPtrOutput
}

GatewayPtrInput is an input type that accepts GatewayArgs, GatewayPtr and GatewayPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GatewayPtrInput` via:

        GatewayArgs{...}

or:

        nil

func GatewayPtr

func GatewayPtr(v *GatewayArgs) GatewayPtrInput

type GatewayPtrOutput

type GatewayPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GatewayPtrOutput) Elem

func (GatewayPtrOutput) ElementType

func (GatewayPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GatewayPtrOutput) ToGatewayPtrOutput

func (o GatewayPtrOutput) ToGatewayPtrOutput() GatewayPtrOutput

func (GatewayPtrOutput) ToGatewayPtrOutputWithContext

func (o GatewayPtrOutput) ToGatewayPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GatewayPtrOutput

func (GatewayPtrOutput) Type

The type of hosting used by the gateway.

type GatewayResponse

type GatewayResponse struct {
	// The type of hosting used by the gateway.
	Type string `pulumi:"type"`
	// Server-defined URI for this resource.
	Uri string `pulumi:"uri"`
	// User port reserved on the gateways for this connection, if not specified or zero, the default port is 19443.
	UserPort int `pulumi:"userPort"`
}

Gateway represents a user facing component that serves as an entrance to enable connectivity.

type GatewayResponseOutput

type GatewayResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Gateway represents a user facing component that serves as an entrance to enable connectivity.

func (GatewayResponseOutput) ElementType

func (GatewayResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GatewayResponseOutput) ToGatewayResponseOutput

func (o GatewayResponseOutput) ToGatewayResponseOutput() GatewayResponseOutput

func (GatewayResponseOutput) ToGatewayResponseOutputWithContext

func (o GatewayResponseOutput) ToGatewayResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GatewayResponseOutput

func (GatewayResponseOutput) Type

The type of hosting used by the gateway.

func (GatewayResponseOutput) Uri

Server-defined URI for this resource.

func (GatewayResponseOutput) UserPort

func (o GatewayResponseOutput) UserPort() pulumi.IntOutput

User port reserved on the gateways for this connection, if not specified or zero, the default port is 19443.

type GatewayType

type GatewayType string

Required. The type of hosting used by the gateway.

func (GatewayType) ElementType

func (GatewayType) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GatewayType) ToGatewayTypeOutput

func (e GatewayType) ToGatewayTypeOutput() GatewayTypeOutput

func (GatewayType) ToGatewayTypeOutputWithContext

func (e GatewayType) ToGatewayTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GatewayTypeOutput

func (GatewayType) ToGatewayTypePtrOutput

func (e GatewayType) ToGatewayTypePtrOutput() GatewayTypePtrOutput

func (GatewayType) ToGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext

func (e GatewayType) ToGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GatewayTypePtrOutput

func (GatewayType) ToStringOutput

func (e GatewayType) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GatewayType) ToStringOutputWithContext

func (e GatewayType) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (GatewayType) ToStringPtrOutput

func (e GatewayType) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (GatewayType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

func (e GatewayType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type GatewayTypeInput

type GatewayTypeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGatewayTypeOutput() GatewayTypeOutput
	ToGatewayTypeOutputWithContext(context.Context) GatewayTypeOutput
}

GatewayTypeInput is an input type that accepts GatewayTypeArgs and GatewayTypeOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GatewayTypeInput` via:

GatewayTypeArgs{...}

type GatewayTypeOutput

type GatewayTypeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GatewayTypeOutput) ElementType

func (GatewayTypeOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GatewayTypeOutput) ToGatewayTypeOutput

func (o GatewayTypeOutput) ToGatewayTypeOutput() GatewayTypeOutput

func (GatewayTypeOutput) ToGatewayTypeOutputWithContext

func (o GatewayTypeOutput) ToGatewayTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GatewayTypeOutput

func (GatewayTypeOutput) ToGatewayTypePtrOutput

func (o GatewayTypeOutput) ToGatewayTypePtrOutput() GatewayTypePtrOutput

func (GatewayTypeOutput) ToGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext

func (o GatewayTypeOutput) ToGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GatewayTypePtrOutput

func (GatewayTypeOutput) ToStringOutput

func (o GatewayTypeOutput) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (GatewayTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext

func (o GatewayTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (GatewayTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput

func (o GatewayTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (GatewayTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

func (o GatewayTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type GatewayTypePtrInput

type GatewayTypePtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGatewayTypePtrOutput() GatewayTypePtrOutput
	ToGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) GatewayTypePtrOutput
}

func GatewayTypePtr

func GatewayTypePtr(v string) GatewayTypePtrInput

type GatewayTypePtrOutput

type GatewayTypePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GatewayTypePtrOutput) Elem

func (GatewayTypePtrOutput) ElementType

func (GatewayTypePtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GatewayTypePtrOutput) ToGatewayTypePtrOutput

func (o GatewayTypePtrOutput) ToGatewayTypePtrOutput() GatewayTypePtrOutput

func (GatewayTypePtrOutput) ToGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext

func (o GatewayTypePtrOutput) ToGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GatewayTypePtrOutput

func (GatewayTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput

func (o GatewayTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (GatewayTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

func (o GatewayTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpoint

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpoint struct {
	// Hostname or IP address of the remote application endpoint.
	Host string `pulumi:"host"`
	// Port of the remote application endpoint.
	Port int `pulumi:"port"`
}

ApplicationEndpoint represents a remote application endpoint.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointArgs

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointArgs struct {
	// Hostname or IP address of the remote application endpoint.
	Host pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"host"`
	// Port of the remote application endpoint.
	Port pulumi.IntInput `pulumi:"port"`
}

ApplicationEndpoint represents a remote application endpoint.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointArgs) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutputWithContext

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointInput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointArgs and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointInput` via:

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointArgs{...}

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

ApplicationEndpoint represents a remote application endpoint.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutput) Host

Hostname or IP address of the remote application endpoint.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutput) Port

Port of the remote application endpoint.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointOutputWithContext

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointResponse

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointResponse struct {
	// Hostname or IP address of the remote application endpoint.
	Host string `pulumi:"host"`
	// Port of the remote application endpoint.
	Port int `pulumi:"port"`
}

ApplicationEndpoint represents a remote application endpoint.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointResponseOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

ApplicationEndpoint represents a remote application endpoint.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointResponseOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointResponseOutput) Host

Hostname or IP address of the remote application endpoint.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointResponseOutput) Port

Port of the remote application endpoint.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointResponseOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointResponseOutputWithContext

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGateway

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGateway struct {
	// AppGateway name in following format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appgateways/{gateway_id}`
	AppGateway string `pulumi:"appGateway"`
	// The type of hosting used by the gateway.
	Type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayType `pulumi:"type"`
}

Gateway represents a user facing component that serves as an entrance to enable connectivity.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayArgs

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayArgs struct {
	// AppGateway name in following format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appgateways/{gateway_id}`
	AppGateway pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"appGateway"`
	// The type of hosting used by the gateway.
	Type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeInput `pulumi:"type"`
}

Gateway represents a user facing component that serves as an entrance to enable connectivity.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayArgs) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayInput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayArgs and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayInput` via:

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayArgs{...}

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Gateway represents a user facing component that serves as an entrance to enable connectivity.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayOutput) AppGateway

AppGateway name in following format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appgateways/{gateway_id}`

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayOutput) Type

The type of hosting used by the gateway.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrInput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayArgs, GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtr and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrInput` via:

        GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput) AppGateway

AppGateway name in following format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appgateways/{gateway_id}`

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput) Elem

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayPtrOutput) Type

The type of hosting used by the gateway.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayResponse

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayResponse struct {
	// AppGateway name in following format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appgateways/{gateway_id}`
	AppGateway string `pulumi:"appGateway"`
	// Ingress port reserved on the gateways for this AppConnection, if not specified or zero, the default port is 19443.
	IngressPort int `pulumi:"ingressPort"`
	// L7 private service connection for this resource.
	L7psc string `pulumi:"l7psc"`
	// The type of hosting used by the gateway.
	Type string `pulumi:"type"`
	// Server-defined URI for this resource.
	Uri string `pulumi:"uri"`
}

Gateway represents a user facing component that serves as an entrance to enable connectivity.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayResponseOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Gateway represents a user facing component that serves as an entrance to enable connectivity.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayResponseOutput) AppGateway

AppGateway name in following format: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/appgateways/{gateway_id}`

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayResponseOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayResponseOutput) IngressPort

Ingress port reserved on the gateways for this AppConnection, if not specified or zero, the default port is 19443.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayResponseOutput) L7psc added in v0.23.0

L7 private service connection for this resource.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayResponseOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayResponseOutputWithContext

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayResponseOutput) Type

The type of hosting used by the gateway.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayResponseOutput) Uri

Server-defined URI for this resource.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayType

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayType string

Required. The type of hosting used by the gateway.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayType) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayType) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayType) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeOutputWithContext

func (e GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayType) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayType) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayType) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext

func (e GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayType) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayType) ToStringOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayType) ToStringOutputWithContext

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayType) ToStringPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeInput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeArgs and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeInput` via:

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeArgs{...}

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeOutputWithContext

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput) ToStringOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypePtrInput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypePtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput
}

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput) Elem

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutputWithContext

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfo

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfo struct {
	// A GCP service account.
	ServiceAccount *GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccount `pulumi:"serviceAccount"`
}

PrincipalInfo represents an Identity oneof.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoArgs

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoArgs struct {
	// A GCP service account.
	ServiceAccount GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrInput `pulumi:"serviceAccount"`
}

PrincipalInfo represents an Identity oneof.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoArgs) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoInput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoArgs and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoInput` via:

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoArgs{...}

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

PrincipalInfo represents an Identity oneof.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput) ServiceAccount

A GCP service account.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoOutputWithContext

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoResponse

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoResponse struct {
	// A GCP service account.
	ServiceAccount GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountResponse `pulumi:"serviceAccount"`
}

PrincipalInfo represents an Identity oneof.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoResponseOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

PrincipalInfo represents an Identity oneof.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoResponseOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoResponseOutput) ServiceAccount

A GCP service account.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoResponseOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoResponseOutputWithContext

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccount

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccount struct {
	// Email address of the service account.
	Email *string `pulumi:"email"`
}

ServiceAccount represents a GCP service account.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountArgs

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountArgs struct {
	// Email address of the service account.
	Email pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"email"`
}

ServiceAccount represents a GCP service account.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountArgs) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutputWithContext

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutputWithContext

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountInput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountArgs and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountInput` via:

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountArgs{...}

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

ServiceAccount represents a GCP service account.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput) Email

Email address of the service account.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutputWithContext

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutputWithContext

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrInput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountArgs, GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtr and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrInput` via:

        GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutput) Email

Email address of the service account.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountPtrOutputWithContext

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountResponse

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountResponse struct {
	// Email address of the service account.
	Email string `pulumi:"email"`
}

ServiceAccount represents a GCP service account.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountResponseOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

ServiceAccount represents a GCP service account.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountResponseOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountResponseOutput) Email

Email address of the service account.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountResponseOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoServiceAccountResponseOutputWithContext

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfo

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfo struct {
	// Unique Id for the resource.
	Id string `pulumi:"id"`
	// Specific details for the resource. This is for internal use only.
	Resource map[string]string `pulumi:"resource"`
	// Overall health status. Overall status is derived based on the status of each sub level resources.
	Status *GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatus `pulumi:"status"`
	// List of Info for the sub level resources.
	Sub []GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfo `pulumi:"sub"`
	// The timestamp to collect the info. It is suggested to be set by the topmost level resource only.
	Time *string `pulumi:"time"`
}

ResourceInfo represents the information/status of an app connector resource. Such as: - remote_agent - container - runtime - appgateway - appconnector - appconnection - tunnel - logagent

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArgs

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArgs struct {
	// Unique Id for the resource.
	Id pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"id"`
	// Specific details for the resource. This is for internal use only.
	Resource pulumi.StringMapInput `pulumi:"resource"`
	// Overall health status. Overall status is derived based on the status of each sub level resources.
	Status GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrInput `pulumi:"status"`
	// List of Info for the sub level resources.
	Sub GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArrayInput `pulumi:"sub"`
	// The timestamp to collect the info. It is suggested to be set by the topmost level resource only.
	Time pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"time"`
}

ResourceInfo represents the information/status of an app connector resource. Such as: - remote_agent - container - runtime - appgateway - appconnector - appconnection - tunnel - logagent

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArgs) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArray

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArray []GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoInput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArray) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArray) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArrayOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArray) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArray) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArrayOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArrayInput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArrayOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArrayOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArrayOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArrayInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArray and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArrayInput` via:

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArray{ GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArgs{...} }

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArrayOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArrayOutput) Index

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArrayOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArrayOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArrayOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArrayOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArrayOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoInput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArgs and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoInput` via:

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArgs{...}

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

ResourceInfo represents the information/status of an app connector resource. Such as: - remote_agent - container - runtime - appgateway - appconnector - appconnection - tunnel - logagent

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoOutput) Id

Unique Id for the resource.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoOutput) Resource

Specific details for the resource. This is for internal use only.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoOutput) Status

Overall health status. Overall status is derived based on the status of each sub level resources.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoOutput) Sub

List of Info for the sub level resources.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoOutput) Time

The timestamp to collect the info. It is suggested to be set by the topmost level resource only.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrInput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArgs, GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtr and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrInput` via:

        GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutput) Elem

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutput) Id

Unique Id for the resource.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutput) Resource

Specific details for the resource. This is for internal use only.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutput) Status

Overall health status. Overall status is derived based on the status of each sub level resources.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutput) Sub

List of Info for the sub level resources.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutput) Time

The timestamp to collect the info. It is suggested to be set by the topmost level resource only.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoResponse

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoResponse struct {
	// Specific details for the resource. This is for internal use only.
	Resource map[string]string `pulumi:"resource"`
	// Overall health status. Overall status is derived based on the status of each sub level resources.
	Status string `pulumi:"status"`
	// List of Info for the sub level resources.
	Sub []GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoResponse `pulumi:"sub"`
	// The timestamp to collect the info. It is suggested to be set by the topmost level resource only.
	Time string `pulumi:"time"`
}

ResourceInfo represents the information/status of an app connector resource. Such as: - remote_agent - container - runtime - appgateway - appconnector - appconnection - tunnel - logagent

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoResponseArrayOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoResponseArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoResponseArrayOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoResponseArrayOutputWithContext

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoResponseOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

ResourceInfo represents the information/status of an app connector resource. Such as: - remote_agent - container - runtime - appgateway - appconnector - appconnection - tunnel - logagent

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoResponseOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoResponseOutput) Resource

Specific details for the resource. This is for internal use only.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoResponseOutput) Status

Overall health status. Overall status is derived based on the status of each sub level resources.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoResponseOutput) Sub

List of Info for the sub level resources.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoResponseOutput) Time

The timestamp to collect the info. It is suggested to be set by the topmost level resource only.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoResponseOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoResponseOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoResponseOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatus

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatus string

Overall health status. Overall status is derived based on the status of each sub level resources.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatus) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatus) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatus) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusOutputWithContext

func (e GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatus) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatus) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput

func (e GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatus) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatus) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrOutputWithContext

func (e GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatus) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatus) ToStringOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatus) ToStringOutputWithContext

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatus) ToStringPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatus) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusInput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusArgs and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusInput` via:

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusArgs{...}

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToStringOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToStringPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrInput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput
}

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput) Elem

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfo added in v0.32.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfo struct {
	// Optional. Service Account for encryption key.
	EncryptionSaEmail *string `pulumi:"encryptionSaEmail"`
	// Optional. JWK in string.
	Jwk *string `pulumi:"jwk"`
}

Message contains the JWT encryption information for the proxy server.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoArgs added in v0.32.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoArgs struct {
	// Optional. Service Account for encryption key.
	EncryptionSaEmail pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"encryptionSaEmail"`
	// Optional. JWK in string.
	Jwk pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"jwk"`
}

Message contains the JWT encryption information for the proxy server.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoOutput added in v0.32.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoInput added in v0.32.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoArgs and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoInput` via:

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoArgs{...}

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoOutput added in v0.32.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Message contains the JWT encryption information for the proxy server.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoOutput) EncryptionSaEmail added in v0.32.0

Optional. Service Account for encryption key.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoOutput) Jwk added in v0.32.0

Optional. JWK in string.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoOutput added in v0.32.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrInput added in v0.32.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoArgs, GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtr and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrInput` via:

        GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrOutput) Elem added in v0.32.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrOutput) EncryptionSaEmail added in v0.32.0

Optional. Service Account for encryption key.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrOutput) Jwk added in v0.32.0

Optional. JWK in string.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoResponse added in v0.32.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoResponse struct {
	// Optional. Service Account for encryption key.
	EncryptionSaEmail string `pulumi:"encryptionSaEmail"`
	// Optional. JWK in string.
	Jwk string `pulumi:"jwk"`
}

Message contains the JWT encryption information for the proxy server.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Message contains the JWT encryption information for the proxy server.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoResponseOutput) EncryptionSaEmail added in v0.32.0

Optional. Service Account for encryption key.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoResponseOutput) Jwk added in v0.32.0

Optional. JWK in string.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoResponseOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroup added in v0.32.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroup struct {
	// The group email id
	Email *string `pulumi:"email"`
	// Google group id
	Id *string `pulumi:"id"`
}

Message to capture group information

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupArgs added in v0.32.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupArgs struct {
	// The group email id
	Email pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"email"`
	// Google group id
	Id pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"id"`
}

Message to capture group information

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupInput added in v0.32.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupArgs and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupInput` via:

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupArgs{...}

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupOutput added in v0.32.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Message to capture group information

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupOutput) Email added in v0.32.0

The group email id

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupOutput) Id added in v0.32.0

Google group id

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupOutput added in v0.32.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrInput added in v0.32.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupArgs, GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtr and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrInput` via:

        GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutput) Elem added in v0.32.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutput) Email added in v0.32.0

The group email id

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutput) Id added in v0.32.0

Google group id

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutput added in v0.32.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupResponse added in v0.32.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupResponse struct {
	// The group email id
	Email string `pulumi:"email"`
}

Message to capture group information

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Message to capture group information

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupResponseOutput) Email added in v0.32.0

The group email id

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupResponseOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadata added in v0.31.1

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadata struct {
	// Optional. UUID used by the Partner to refer to the PartnerTenant in their internal systems.
	InternalTenantId *string `pulumi:"internalTenantId"`
	// Optional. UUID used by the Partner to refer to the PartnerTenant in their internal systems.
	PartnerTenantId *string `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
}

Metadata associated with PartnerTenant and is provided by the Partner.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataArgs added in v0.31.1

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataArgs struct {
	// Optional. UUID used by the Partner to refer to the PartnerTenant in their internal systems.
	InternalTenantId pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"internalTenantId"`
	// Optional. UUID used by the Partner to refer to the PartnerTenant in their internal systems.
	PartnerTenantId pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
}

Metadata associated with PartnerTenant and is provided by the Partner.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataArgs) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataOutput added in v0.31.1

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (i GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrOutput added in v0.31.1

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (i GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataInput added in v0.31.1

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataArgs and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataInput` via:

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataArgs{...}

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataOutput added in v0.31.1

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Metadata associated with PartnerTenant and is provided by the Partner.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataOutput) InternalTenantId added in v0.32.0

Optional. UUID used by the Partner to refer to the PartnerTenant in their internal systems.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataOutput) PartnerTenantId added in v0.31.1

Optional. UUID used by the Partner to refer to the PartnerTenant in their internal systems.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataOutput added in v0.31.1

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrOutput added in v0.31.1

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrInput added in v0.31.1

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataArgs, GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtr and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrInput` via:

        GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrOutput added in v0.31.1

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrOutput) Elem added in v0.31.1

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrOutput) InternalTenantId added in v0.32.0

Optional. UUID used by the Partner to refer to the PartnerTenant in their internal systems.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrOutput) PartnerTenantId added in v0.31.1

Optional. UUID used by the Partner to refer to the PartnerTenant in their internal systems.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrOutput added in v0.31.1

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataResponse added in v0.31.1

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataResponse struct {
	// Optional. UUID used by the Partner to refer to the PartnerTenant in their internal systems.
	InternalTenantId string `pulumi:"internalTenantId"`
	// Optional. UUID used by the Partner to refer to the PartnerTenant in their internal systems.
	PartnerTenantId string `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
}

Metadata associated with PartnerTenant and is provided by the Partner.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataResponseOutput added in v0.31.1

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Metadata associated with PartnerTenant and is provided by the Partner.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataResponseOutput) InternalTenantId added in v0.32.0

Optional. UUID used by the Partner to refer to the PartnerTenant in their internal systems.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataResponseOutput) PartnerTenantId added in v0.31.1

Optional. UUID used by the Partner to refer to the PartnerTenant in their internal systems.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataResponseOutput added in v0.31.1

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfo added in v0.31.1

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfo struct {
	// Proxy Auto-Configuration (PAC) URI.
	PacUri string `pulumi:"pacUri"`
}

Message contains the routing information to direct traffic to the proxy server.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoArgs added in v0.31.1

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoArgs struct {
	// Proxy Auto-Configuration (PAC) URI.
	PacUri pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"pacUri"`
}

Message contains the routing information to direct traffic to the proxy server.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoArgs) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoOutput added in v0.31.1

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (i GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoInput added in v0.31.1

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoArgs and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoInput` via:

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoArgs{...}

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoOutput added in v0.31.1

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Message contains the routing information to direct traffic to the proxy server.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoOutput) PacUri added in v0.31.1

Proxy Auto-Configuration (PAC) URI.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoOutput added in v0.31.1

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoResponse added in v0.31.1

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoResponse struct {
	// Proxy Auto-Configuration (PAC) URI.
	PacUri string `pulumi:"pacUri"`
}

Message contains the routing information to direct traffic to the proxy server.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoResponseOutput added in v0.31.1

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Message contains the routing information to direct traffic to the proxy server.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoResponseOutput) PacUri added in v0.31.1

Proxy Auto-Configuration (PAC) URI.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoResponseOutput added in v0.31.1

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoResponseOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSetting added in v0.32.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSetting struct {
	// Immutable. The type of the Setting. .
	Type string `pulumi:"type"`
	// The value of the Setting.
	Value map[string]string `pulumi:"value"`
}

Message to capture settings for a BrowserDlpRule

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingArgs added in v0.32.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingArgs struct {
	// Immutable. The type of the Setting. .
	Type pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"type"`
	// The value of the Setting.
	Value pulumi.StringMapInput `pulumi:"value"`
}

Message to capture settings for a BrowserDlpRule

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingOutput added in v0.32.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingInput added in v0.32.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingArgs and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingInput` via:

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingArgs{...}

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingOutput added in v0.32.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Message to capture settings for a BrowserDlpRule

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingOutput added in v0.32.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingOutput) Type added in v0.32.0

Immutable. The type of the Setting. .

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingOutput) Value added in v0.32.0

The value of the Setting.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingResponse added in v0.32.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingResponse struct {
	// Immutable. The type of the Setting. .
	Type string `pulumi:"type"`
	// The value of the Setting.
	Value map[string]string `pulumi:"value"`
}

Message to capture settings for a BrowserDlpRule

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Message to capture settings for a BrowserDlpRule

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingResponseOutput added in v0.32.0

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingResponseOutput

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingResponseOutput) Type added in v0.32.0

Immutable. The type of the Setting. .

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingResponseOutput) Value added in v0.32.0

The value of the Setting.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfo added in v0.31.1

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfo struct {
	// PEM encoded CA certificate associated with the proxy server certificate.
	ServerCaCertPem string `pulumi:"serverCaCertPem"`
	// Optional. PEM encoded CA certificate associated with the certificate used by proxy server for SSL decryption.
	SslDecryptCaCertPem *string `pulumi:"sslDecryptCaCertPem"`
}

Message contains the transport layer information to verify the proxy server.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoArgs added in v0.31.1

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoArgs struct {
	// PEM encoded CA certificate associated with the proxy server certificate.
	ServerCaCertPem pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"serverCaCertPem"`
	// Optional. PEM encoded CA certificate associated with the certificate used by proxy server for SSL decryption.
	SslDecryptCaCertPem pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"sslDecryptCaCertPem"`
}

Message contains the transport layer information to verify the proxy server.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoArgs) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoOutput added in v0.31.1

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (i GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoArgs) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoInput added in v0.31.1

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoOutput() GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoOutput
	ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoOutput
}

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoInput is an input type that accepts GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoArgs and GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoInput` via:

GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoArgs{...}

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoOutput added in v0.31.1

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Message contains the transport layer information to verify the proxy server.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoOutput) ServerCaCertPem added in v0.31.1

PEM encoded CA certificate associated with the proxy server certificate.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoOutput) SslDecryptCaCertPem added in v0.31.1

Optional. PEM encoded CA certificate associated with the certificate used by proxy server for SSL decryption.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoOutput added in v0.31.1

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoOutput

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoResponse added in v0.31.1

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoResponse struct {
	// PEM encoded CA certificate associated with the proxy server certificate.
	ServerCaCertPem string `pulumi:"serverCaCertPem"`
	// Optional. PEM encoded CA certificate associated with the certificate used by proxy server for SSL decryption.
	SslDecryptCaCertPem string `pulumi:"sslDecryptCaCertPem"`
}

Message contains the transport layer information to verify the proxy server.

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoResponseOutput added in v0.31.1

type GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Message contains the transport layer information to verify the proxy server.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoResponseOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoResponseOutput) ServerCaCertPem added in v0.31.1

PEM encoded CA certificate associated with the proxy server certificate.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoResponseOutput) SslDecryptCaCertPem added in v0.31.1

Optional. PEM encoded CA certificate associated with the certificate used by proxy server for SSL decryption.

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoResponseOutput added in v0.31.1

func (GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoResponseOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoResponseOutput) ToGoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoResponseOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfig

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfig struct {
	// The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
	AuditLogConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfig `pulumi:"auditLogConfigs"`
	// Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
	Service *string `pulumi:"service"`
}

Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs struct {
	// The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
	AuditLogConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayInput `pulumi:"auditLogConfigs"`
	// Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
	Service pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"service"`
}

Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput

func (i GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArray

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArray []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigInput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArray) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArray) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput

func (i GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArray) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArray) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArray) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput
	ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput
}

GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput is an input type that accepts GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArray and GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput` via:

GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArray{ GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs{...} }

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput) Index

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigInput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput
	ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput
}

GoogleIamV1AuditConfigInput is an input type that accepts GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs and GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleIamV1AuditConfigInput` via:

GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArgs{...}

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput) AuditLogConfigs

The configuration for logging of each type of permission.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput) Service

Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditConfigOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse struct {
	// The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
	AuditLogConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditLogConfigs"`
	// Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
	Service string `pulumi:"service"`
}

Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput) Index

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput) AuditLogConfigs

The configuration for logging of each type of permission.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput) Service

Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfig

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfig struct {
	// Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
	ExemptedMembers []string `pulumi:"exemptedMembers"`
	// The log type that this config enables.
	LogType *GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType `pulumi:"logType"`
}

Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs struct {
	// Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
	ExemptedMembers pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"exemptedMembers"`
	// The log type that this config enables.
	LogType GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrInput `pulumi:"logType"`
}

Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput

func (i GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArray

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArray []GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigInput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArray) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArray) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput

func (i GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArray) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArray) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArray) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayInput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput
	ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput
}

GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayInput is an input type that accepts GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArray and GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayInput` via:

GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArray{ GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs{...} }

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput) Index

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigInput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput
	ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput
}

GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigInput is an input type that accepts GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs and GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigInput` via:

GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigArgs{...}

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType string

The log type that this config enables.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput

func (e GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutputWithContext

func (e GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (e GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext

func (e GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToStringOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToStringOutputWithContext

func (e GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToStringPtrOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

func (e GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeInput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput
	ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput
}

GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeInput is an input type that accepts GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeArgs and GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeInput` via:

GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeArgs{...}

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToStringOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrInput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput
	ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput
}

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) Elem

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigLogTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput) ExemptedMembers

Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput) LogType

The log type that this config enables.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponse

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponse struct {
	// Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
	ExemptedMembers []string `pulumi:"exemptedMembers"`
	// The log type that this config enables.
	LogType string `pulumi:"logType"`
}

Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput) Index

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput

type GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) ExemptedMembers

Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) LogType

The log type that this config enables.

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput() GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput

func (GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfigResponseOutput

type GoogleIamV1Binding

type GoogleIamV1Binding struct {
	// The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Condition *GoogleTypeExpr `pulumi:"condition"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Members []string `pulumi:"members"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role *string `pulumi:"role"`
}

Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.

type GoogleIamV1BindingArgs

type GoogleIamV1BindingArgs struct {
	// The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Condition GoogleTypeExprPtrInput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput `pulumi:"members"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArgs) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArgs) ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutput

func (i GoogleIamV1BindingArgs) ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutput() GoogleIamV1BindingOutput

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArgs) ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleIamV1BindingArgs) ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1BindingOutput

type GoogleIamV1BindingArray

type GoogleIamV1BindingArray []GoogleIamV1BindingInput

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArray) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArray) ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput

func (i GoogleIamV1BindingArray) ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArray) ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleIamV1BindingArray) ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput

type GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput
	ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput
}

GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput is an input type that accepts GoogleIamV1BindingArray and GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput` via:

GoogleIamV1BindingArray{ GoogleIamV1BindingArgs{...} }

type GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput) Index

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput

func (GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1BindingArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1BindingInput

type GoogleIamV1BindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutput() GoogleIamV1BindingOutput
	ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleIamV1BindingOutput
}

GoogleIamV1BindingInput is an input type that accepts GoogleIamV1BindingArgs and GoogleIamV1BindingOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleIamV1BindingInput` via:

GoogleIamV1BindingArgs{...}

type GoogleIamV1BindingOutput

type GoogleIamV1BindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.

func (GoogleIamV1BindingOutput) Condition

The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

func (GoogleIamV1BindingOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1BindingOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GoogleIamV1BindingOutput) Members

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (GoogleIamV1BindingOutput) Role

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (GoogleIamV1BindingOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1BindingOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutput() GoogleIamV1BindingOutput

func (GoogleIamV1BindingOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1BindingOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1BindingOutput

type GoogleIamV1BindingResponse

type GoogleIamV1BindingResponse struct {
	// The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Condition GoogleTypeExprResponse `pulumi:"condition"`
	// Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.
	Members []string `pulumi:"members"`
	// Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
	Role string `pulumi:"role"`
}

Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.

type GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput) Index

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput() GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput

type GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput

type GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput) Condition

The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput) Members

Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding.

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput) Role

Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput

func (o GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput() GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput

func (GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput) ToGoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleIamV1BindingResponseOutput

type GoogleTypeExpr

type GoogleTypeExpr struct {
	// Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
	Description *string `pulumi:"description"`
	// Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
	Expression *string `pulumi:"expression"`
	// Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
	Location *string `pulumi:"location"`
	// Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
	Title *string `pulumi:"title"`
}

Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.

type GoogleTypeExprArgs

type GoogleTypeExprArgs struct {
	// Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
	Description pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"description"`
	// Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
	Expression pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"expression"`
	// Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"location"`
	// Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
	Title pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"title"`
}

Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.

func (GoogleTypeExprArgs) ElementType

func (GoogleTypeExprArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GoogleTypeExprArgs) ToGoogleTypeExprOutput

func (i GoogleTypeExprArgs) ToGoogleTypeExprOutput() GoogleTypeExprOutput

func (GoogleTypeExprArgs) ToGoogleTypeExprOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleTypeExprArgs) ToGoogleTypeExprOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleTypeExprOutput

func (GoogleTypeExprArgs) ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutput

func (i GoogleTypeExprArgs) ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutput() GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput

func (GoogleTypeExprArgs) ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutputWithContext

func (i GoogleTypeExprArgs) ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput

type GoogleTypeExprInput

type GoogleTypeExprInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleTypeExprOutput() GoogleTypeExprOutput
	ToGoogleTypeExprOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleTypeExprOutput
}

GoogleTypeExprInput is an input type that accepts GoogleTypeExprArgs and GoogleTypeExprOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleTypeExprInput` via:

GoogleTypeExprArgs{...}

type GoogleTypeExprOutput

type GoogleTypeExprOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.

func (GoogleTypeExprOutput) Description

Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.

func (GoogleTypeExprOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleTypeExprOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GoogleTypeExprOutput) Expression

Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.

func (GoogleTypeExprOutput) Location

Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.

func (GoogleTypeExprOutput) Title

Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.

func (GoogleTypeExprOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprOutput

func (o GoogleTypeExprOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprOutput() GoogleTypeExprOutput

func (GoogleTypeExprOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleTypeExprOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleTypeExprOutput

func (GoogleTypeExprOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutput

func (o GoogleTypeExprOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutput() GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput

func (GoogleTypeExprOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleTypeExprOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput

type GoogleTypeExprPtrInput

type GoogleTypeExprPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutput() GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput
	ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput
}

GoogleTypeExprPtrInput is an input type that accepts GoogleTypeExprArgs, GoogleTypeExprPtr and GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `GoogleTypeExprPtrInput` via:

        GoogleTypeExprArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput

type GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput) Description

Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.

func (GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput) Elem

func (GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput) Expression

Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.

func (GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput) Location

Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.

func (GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput) Title

Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.

func (GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutput

func (o GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutput() GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput

func (GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleTypeExprPtrOutput

type GoogleTypeExprResponse

type GoogleTypeExprResponse struct {
	// Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
	Description string `pulumi:"description"`
	// Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
	Expression string `pulumi:"expression"`
	// Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
	Location string `pulumi:"location"`
	// Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
	Title string `pulumi:"title"`
}

Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.

type GoogleTypeExprResponseOutput

type GoogleTypeExprResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.

func (GoogleTypeExprResponseOutput) Description

Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.

func (GoogleTypeExprResponseOutput) ElementType

func (GoogleTypeExprResponseOutput) Expression

Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.

func (GoogleTypeExprResponseOutput) Location

Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.

func (GoogleTypeExprResponseOutput) Title

Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.

func (GoogleTypeExprResponseOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprResponseOutput

func (o GoogleTypeExprResponseOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprResponseOutput() GoogleTypeExprResponseOutput

func (GoogleTypeExprResponseOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprResponseOutputWithContext

func (o GoogleTypeExprResponseOutput) ToGoogleTypeExprResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) GoogleTypeExprResponseOutput

type LookupAppConnectionArgs

type LookupAppConnectionArgs struct {
	AppConnectionId string  `pulumi:"appConnectionId"`
	Location        string  `pulumi:"location"`
	Project         *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyArgs

type LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyArgs struct {
	AppConnectionId               string  `pulumi:"appConnectionId"`
	Location                      string  `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyOutputArgs

type LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	AppConnectionId               pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"appConnectionId"`
	Location                      pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType

type LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResult

type LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []GoogleIamV1BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupAppConnectionIamPolicy

func LookupAppConnectionIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResult, error)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput

type LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType

func (LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput

func (o LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext

func (o LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupAppConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) Version

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupAppConnectionOutputArgs

type LookupAppConnectionOutputArgs struct {
	AppConnectionId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"appConnectionId"`
	Location        pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	Project         pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupAppConnectionOutputArgs) ElementType

type LookupAppConnectionResult

type LookupAppConnectionResult struct {
	// Address of the remote application endpoint for the BeyondCorp AppConnection.
	ApplicationEndpoint GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionApplicationEndpointResponse `pulumi:"applicationEndpoint"`
	// Optional. List of [google.cloud.beyondcorp.v1main.Connector.name] that are authorised to be associated with this AppConnection.
	Connectors []string `pulumi:"connectors"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnection. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName string `pulumi:"displayName"`
	// Optional. Gateway used by the AppConnection.
	Gateway GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectionsV1alphaAppConnectionGatewayResponse `pulumi:"gateway"`
	// Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
	Labels map[string]string `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Unique resource name of the AppConnection. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnection.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// The current state of the AppConnection.
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
	// The type of network connectivity used by the AppConnection.
	Type string `pulumi:"type"`
	// A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
	Uid string `pulumi:"uid"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

func LookupAppConnection

func LookupAppConnection(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupAppConnectionArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupAppConnectionResult, error)

Gets details of a single AppConnection.

type LookupAppConnectionResultOutput

type LookupAppConnectionResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) ApplicationEndpoint

Address of the remote application endpoint for the BeyondCorp AppConnection.

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) Connectors

Optional. List of [google.cloud.beyondcorp.v1main.Connector.name] that are authorised to be associated with this AppConnection.

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) CreateTime

Timestamp when the resource was created.

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) DisplayName

Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnection. Cannot exceed 64 characters.

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) ElementType

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) Gateway

Optional. Gateway used by the AppConnection.

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) Labels

Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) Name

Unique resource name of the AppConnection. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnection.

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) State

The current state of the AppConnection.

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectionResultOutput

func (o LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectionResultOutput() LookupAppConnectionResultOutput

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectionResultOutputWithContext

func (o LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectionResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupAppConnectionResultOutput

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) Type

The type of network connectivity used by the AppConnection.

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) Uid

A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.

func (LookupAppConnectionResultOutput) UpdateTime

Timestamp when the resource was last modified.

type LookupAppConnectorArgs

type LookupAppConnectorArgs struct {
	AppConnectorId string  `pulumi:"appConnectorId"`
	Location       string  `pulumi:"location"`
	Project        *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyArgs

type LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyArgs struct {
	AppConnectorId                string  `pulumi:"appConnectorId"`
	Location                      string  `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyOutputArgs

type LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	AppConnectorId                pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"appConnectorId"`
	Location                      pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType

type LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResult

type LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []GoogleIamV1BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupAppConnectorIamPolicy

func LookupAppConnectorIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResult, error)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput

type LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType

func (LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput

func (o LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext

func (o LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupAppConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput) Version

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupAppConnectorOutputArgs

type LookupAppConnectorOutputArgs struct {
	AppConnectorId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"appConnectorId"`
	Location       pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	Project        pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupAppConnectorOutputArgs) ElementType

type LookupAppConnectorResult

type LookupAppConnectorResult struct {
	// Timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnector. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName string `pulumi:"displayName"`
	// Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
	Labels map[string]string `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Unique resource name of the AppConnector. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnector.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// Principal information about the Identity of the AppConnector.
	PrincipalInfo GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaAppConnectorPrincipalInfoResponse `pulumi:"principalInfo"`
	// Optional. Resource info of the connector.
	ResourceInfo GoogleCloudBeyondcorpAppconnectorsV1alphaResourceInfoResponse `pulumi:"resourceInfo"`
	// The current state of the AppConnector.
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
	// A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
	Uid string `pulumi:"uid"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

func LookupAppConnector

func LookupAppConnector(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupAppConnectorArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupAppConnectorResult, error)

Gets details of a single AppConnector.

type LookupAppConnectorResultOutput

type LookupAppConnectorResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) CreateTime

Timestamp when the resource was created.

func (LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) DisplayName

Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppConnector. Cannot exceed 64 characters.

func (LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) ElementType

func (LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) Labels

Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.

func (LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) Name

Unique resource name of the AppConnector. The name is ignored when creating a AppConnector.

func (LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) PrincipalInfo

Principal information about the Identity of the AppConnector.

func (LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) ResourceInfo

Optional. Resource info of the connector.

func (LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) State

The current state of the AppConnector.

func (LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectorResultOutput

func (o LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectorResultOutput() LookupAppConnectorResultOutput

func (LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectorResultOutputWithContext

func (o LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) ToLookupAppConnectorResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupAppConnectorResultOutput

func (LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) Uid

A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.

func (LookupAppConnectorResultOutput) UpdateTime

Timestamp when the resource was last modified.

type LookupAppGatewayArgs

type LookupAppGatewayArgs struct {
	AppGatewayId string  `pulumi:"appGatewayId"`
	Location     string  `pulumi:"location"`
	Project      *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyArgs

type LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyArgs struct {
	AppGatewayId                  string  `pulumi:"appGatewayId"`
	Location                      string  `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyOutputArgs

type LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	AppGatewayId                  pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"appGatewayId"`
	Location                      pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType

type LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResult

type LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []GoogleIamV1BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupAppGatewayIamPolicy

func LookupAppGatewayIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResult, error)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput

type LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType

func (LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput

func (o LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext

func (o LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupAppGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) Version

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupAppGatewayOutputArgs

type LookupAppGatewayOutputArgs struct {
	AppGatewayId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"appGatewayId"`
	Location     pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	Project      pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupAppGatewayOutputArgs) ElementType

func (LookupAppGatewayOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LookupAppGatewayResult

type LookupAppGatewayResult struct {
	// A list of connections allocated for the Gateway
	AllocatedConnections []AllocatedConnectionResponse `pulumi:"allocatedConnections"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppGateway. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName string `pulumi:"displayName"`
	// The type of hosting used by the AppGateway.
	HostType string `pulumi:"hostType"`
	// Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
	Labels map[string]string `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Unique resource name of the AppGateway. The name is ignored when creating an AppGateway.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// The current state of the AppGateway.
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
	// The type of network connectivity used by the AppGateway.
	Type string `pulumi:"type"`
	// A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
	Uid string `pulumi:"uid"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
	// Server-defined URI for this resource.
	Uri string `pulumi:"uri"`
}

func LookupAppGateway

func LookupAppGateway(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupAppGatewayArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupAppGatewayResult, error)

Gets details of a single AppGateway.

type LookupAppGatewayResultOutput

type LookupAppGatewayResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) AllocatedConnections

A list of connections allocated for the Gateway

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) CreateTime

Timestamp when the resource was created.

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) DisplayName

Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the AppGateway. Cannot exceed 64 characters.

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) ElementType

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) HostType

The type of hosting used by the AppGateway.

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) Labels

Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) Name

Unique resource name of the AppGateway. The name is ignored when creating an AppGateway.

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) State

The current state of the AppGateway.

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) ToLookupAppGatewayResultOutput

func (o LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) ToLookupAppGatewayResultOutput() LookupAppGatewayResultOutput

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) ToLookupAppGatewayResultOutputWithContext

func (o LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) ToLookupAppGatewayResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupAppGatewayResultOutput

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) Type

The type of network connectivity used by the AppGateway.

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) Uid

A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) UpdateTime

Timestamp when the resource was last modified.

func (LookupAppGatewayResultOutput) Uri

Server-defined URI for this resource.

type LookupApplicationDomainIamPolicyArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupApplicationDomainIamPolicyArgs struct {
	ApplicationDomainId           string  `pulumi:"applicationDomainId"`
	Location                      string  `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutputArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	ApplicationDomainId           pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"applicationDomainId"`
	Location                      pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupApplicationDomainIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type LookupApplicationDomainIamPolicyResult added in v0.32.0

type LookupApplicationDomainIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []GoogleIamV1BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupApplicationDomainIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupApplicationDomainIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.32.0

type LookupApplicationDomainIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupApplicationDomainIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.32.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupApplicationDomainIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings added in v0.32.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupApplicationDomainIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (LookupApplicationDomainIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupApplicationDomainIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupApplicationDomainIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o LookupApplicationDomainIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupApplicationDomainIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupApplicationDomainIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupApplicationDomainIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupApplicationDomainIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o LookupApplicationDomainIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupApplicationDomainIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupApplicationDomainIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupApplicationDomainIamPolicyResultOutput) Version added in v0.32.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupApplicationIamPolicyArgs added in v0.21.0

type LookupApplicationIamPolicyArgs struct {
	ApplicationId                 string  `pulumi:"applicationId"`
	Location                      string  `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupApplicationIamPolicyOutputArgs added in v0.21.0

type LookupApplicationIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	ApplicationId                 pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"applicationId"`
	Location                      pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupApplicationIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.21.0

type LookupApplicationIamPolicyResult added in v0.21.0

type LookupApplicationIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []GoogleIamV1BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupApplicationIamPolicy added in v0.21.0

func LookupApplicationIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupApplicationIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupApplicationIamPolicyResult, error)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupApplicationIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.21.0

type LookupApplicationIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupApplicationIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.21.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupApplicationIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings added in v0.21.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupApplicationIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.21.0

func (LookupApplicationIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag added in v0.21.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupApplicationIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupApplicationIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.21.0

func (o LookupApplicationIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupApplicationIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupApplicationIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupApplicationIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupApplicationIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext added in v0.21.0

func (o LookupApplicationIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupApplicationIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupApplicationIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupApplicationIamPolicyResultOutput) Version added in v0.21.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupBrowserDlpRuleArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupBrowserDlpRuleArgs struct {
	BrowserDlpRuleId string `pulumi:"browserDlpRuleId"`
	OrganizationId   string `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	PartnerTenantId  string `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
}

type LookupBrowserDlpRuleOutputArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupBrowserDlpRuleOutputArgs struct {
	BrowserDlpRuleId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"browserDlpRuleId"`
	OrganizationId   pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	PartnerTenantId  pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
}

func (LookupBrowserDlpRuleOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type LookupBrowserDlpRuleResult added in v0.32.0

type LookupBrowserDlpRuleResult struct {
	// The group to which this Rule should be applied to.
	Group GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupResponse `pulumi:"group"`
	// Unique resource name. The name is ignored when creating BrowserDlpRule.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// The policy settings to apply.
	RuleSetting GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRuleSettingResponse `pulumi:"ruleSetting"`
}

func LookupBrowserDlpRule added in v0.32.0

func LookupBrowserDlpRule(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupBrowserDlpRuleArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupBrowserDlpRuleResult, error)

Gets details of a single BrowserDlpRule.

type LookupBrowserDlpRuleResultOutput added in v0.32.0

type LookupBrowserDlpRuleResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func LookupBrowserDlpRuleOutput added in v0.32.0

func (LookupBrowserDlpRuleResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (LookupBrowserDlpRuleResultOutput) Group added in v0.32.0

The group to which this Rule should be applied to.

func (LookupBrowserDlpRuleResultOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

Unique resource name. The name is ignored when creating BrowserDlpRule.

func (LookupBrowserDlpRuleResultOutput) RuleSetting added in v0.32.0

The policy settings to apply.

func (LookupBrowserDlpRuleResultOutput) ToLookupBrowserDlpRuleResultOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o LookupBrowserDlpRuleResultOutput) ToLookupBrowserDlpRuleResultOutput() LookupBrowserDlpRuleResultOutput

func (LookupBrowserDlpRuleResultOutput) ToLookupBrowserDlpRuleResultOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o LookupBrowserDlpRuleResultOutput) ToLookupBrowserDlpRuleResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupBrowserDlpRuleResultOutput

type LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyArgs

type LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyArgs struct {
	ClientConnectorServiceId      string  `pulumi:"clientConnectorServiceId"`
	Location                      string  `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutputArgs

type LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	ClientConnectorServiceId      pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"clientConnectorServiceId"`
	Location                      pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType

type LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResult

type LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []GoogleIamV1BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicy

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput

type LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType

func (LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput

func (o LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext

func (o LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupClientConnectorServiceIamPolicyResultOutput) Version

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyArgs

type LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyArgs struct {
	ClientGatewayId               string  `pulumi:"clientGatewayId"`
	Location                      string  `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyOutputArgs

type LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	ClientGatewayId               pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"clientGatewayId"`
	Location                      pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType

type LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResult

type LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []GoogleIamV1BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupClientGatewayIamPolicy

func LookupClientGatewayIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResult, error)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput

type LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType

func (LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput

func (o LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext

func (o LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupClientGatewayIamPolicyResultOutput) Version

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupConnectionArgs

type LookupConnectionArgs struct {
	ConnectionId string  `pulumi:"connectionId"`
	Location     string  `pulumi:"location"`
	Project      *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupConnectionIamPolicyArgs

type LookupConnectionIamPolicyArgs struct {
	ConnectionId                  string  `pulumi:"connectionId"`
	Location                      string  `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupConnectionIamPolicyOutputArgs

type LookupConnectionIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	ConnectionId                  pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"connectionId"`
	Location                      pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupConnectionIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType

type LookupConnectionIamPolicyResult

type LookupConnectionIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []GoogleIamV1BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupConnectionIamPolicy

func LookupConnectionIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupConnectionIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupConnectionIamPolicyResult, error)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput

type LookupConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType

func (LookupConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput

func (o LookupConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupConnectionIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext

func (o LookupConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupConnectionIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) Version

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupConnectionOutputArgs

type LookupConnectionOutputArgs struct {
	ConnectionId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"connectionId"`
	Location     pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	Project      pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupConnectionOutputArgs) ElementType

func (LookupConnectionOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LookupConnectionResult

type LookupConnectionResult struct {
	// Address of the remote application endpoint for the BeyondCorp Connection.
	ApplicationEndpoint ApplicationEndpointResponse `pulumi:"applicationEndpoint"`
	// Optional. List of [google.cloud.beyondcorp.v1main.Connector.name] that are authorised to be associated with this Connection.
	Connectors []string `pulumi:"connectors"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the connection. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName string `pulumi:"displayName"`
	// Optional. Gateway used by the connection.
	Gateway GatewayResponse `pulumi:"gateway"`
	// Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
	Labels map[string]string `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Unique resource name of the connection. The name is ignored when creating a connection.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// The current state of the connection.
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
	// The type of network connectivity used by the connection.
	Type string `pulumi:"type"`
	// A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
	Uid string `pulumi:"uid"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

func LookupConnection

func LookupConnection(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupConnectionArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupConnectionResult, error)

Gets details of a single Connection.

type LookupConnectionResultOutput

type LookupConnectionResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupConnectionResultOutput) ApplicationEndpoint

Address of the remote application endpoint for the BeyondCorp Connection.

func (LookupConnectionResultOutput) Connectors

Optional. List of [google.cloud.beyondcorp.v1main.Connector.name] that are authorised to be associated with this Connection.

func (LookupConnectionResultOutput) CreateTime

Timestamp when the resource was created.

func (LookupConnectionResultOutput) DisplayName

Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the connection. Cannot exceed 64 characters.

func (LookupConnectionResultOutput) ElementType

func (LookupConnectionResultOutput) Gateway

Optional. Gateway used by the connection.

func (LookupConnectionResultOutput) Labels

Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.

func (LookupConnectionResultOutput) Name

Unique resource name of the connection. The name is ignored when creating a connection.

func (LookupConnectionResultOutput) State

The current state of the connection.

func (LookupConnectionResultOutput) ToLookupConnectionResultOutput

func (o LookupConnectionResultOutput) ToLookupConnectionResultOutput() LookupConnectionResultOutput

func (LookupConnectionResultOutput) ToLookupConnectionResultOutputWithContext

func (o LookupConnectionResultOutput) ToLookupConnectionResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupConnectionResultOutput

func (LookupConnectionResultOutput) Type

The type of network connectivity used by the connection.

func (LookupConnectionResultOutput) Uid

A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.

func (LookupConnectionResultOutput) UpdateTime

Timestamp when the resource was last modified.

type LookupConnectorArgs

type LookupConnectorArgs struct {
	ConnectorId string  `pulumi:"connectorId"`
	Location    string  `pulumi:"location"`
	Project     *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupConnectorIamPolicyArgs

type LookupConnectorIamPolicyArgs struct {
	ConnectorId                   string  `pulumi:"connectorId"`
	Location                      string  `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupConnectorIamPolicyOutputArgs

type LookupConnectorIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	ConnectorId                   pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"connectorId"`
	Location                      pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupConnectorIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType

type LookupConnectorIamPolicyResult

type LookupConnectorIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []GoogleIamV1BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupConnectorIamPolicy

func LookupConnectorIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupConnectorIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupConnectorIamPolicyResult, error)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput

type LookupConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType

func (LookupConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput

func (o LookupConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupConnectorIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext

func (o LookupConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupConnectorIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupConnectorIamPolicyResultOutput) Version

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupConnectorOutputArgs

type LookupConnectorOutputArgs struct {
	ConnectorId pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"connectorId"`
	Location    pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	Project     pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupConnectorOutputArgs) ElementType

func (LookupConnectorOutputArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type LookupConnectorResult

type LookupConnectorResult struct {
	// Timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the connector. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName string `pulumi:"displayName"`
	// Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
	Labels map[string]string `pulumi:"labels"`
	// Unique resource name of the connector. The name is ignored when creating a connector.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// Principal information about the Identity of the connector.
	PrincipalInfo PrincipalInfoResponse `pulumi:"principalInfo"`
	// Optional. Resource info of the connector.
	ResourceInfo ResourceInfoResponse `pulumi:"resourceInfo"`
	// The current state of the connector.
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
	// A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.
	Uid string `pulumi:"uid"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

func LookupConnector

func LookupConnector(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupConnectorArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupConnectorResult, error)

Gets details of a single Connector.

type LookupConnectorResultOutput

type LookupConnectorResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupConnectorResultOutput) CreateTime

Timestamp when the resource was created.

func (LookupConnectorResultOutput) DisplayName

Optional. An arbitrary user-provided name for the connector. Cannot exceed 64 characters.

func (LookupConnectorResultOutput) ElementType

func (LookupConnectorResultOutput) Labels

Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.

func (LookupConnectorResultOutput) Name

Unique resource name of the connector. The name is ignored when creating a connector.

func (LookupConnectorResultOutput) PrincipalInfo

Principal information about the Identity of the connector.

func (LookupConnectorResultOutput) ResourceInfo

Optional. Resource info of the connector.

func (LookupConnectorResultOutput) State

The current state of the connector.

func (LookupConnectorResultOutput) ToLookupConnectorResultOutput

func (o LookupConnectorResultOutput) ToLookupConnectorResultOutput() LookupConnectorResultOutput

func (LookupConnectorResultOutput) ToLookupConnectorResultOutputWithContext

func (o LookupConnectorResultOutput) ToLookupConnectorResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupConnectorResultOutput

func (LookupConnectorResultOutput) Uid

A unique identifier for the instance generated by the system.

func (LookupConnectorResultOutput) UpdateTime

Timestamp when the resource was last modified.

type LookupNetConnectionIamPolicyArgs added in v0.27.0

type LookupNetConnectionIamPolicyArgs struct {
	Location                      string  `pulumi:"location"`
	NetConnectionId               string  `pulumi:"netConnectionId"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       *string `pulumi:"project"`
}

type LookupNetConnectionIamPolicyOutputArgs added in v0.27.0

type LookupNetConnectionIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	Location                      pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"location"`
	NetConnectionId               pulumi.StringInput    `pulumi:"netConnectionId"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput    `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	Project                       pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"project"`
}

func (LookupNetConnectionIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.27.0

type LookupNetConnectionIamPolicyResult added in v0.27.0

type LookupNetConnectionIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []GoogleIamV1BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupNetConnectionIamPolicy added in v0.27.0

func LookupNetConnectionIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupNetConnectionIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupNetConnectionIamPolicyResult, error)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupNetConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.27.0

type LookupNetConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupNetConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.27.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupNetConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings added in v0.27.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupNetConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.27.0

func (LookupNetConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag added in v0.27.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupNetConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupNetConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.27.0

func (o LookupNetConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupNetConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput() LookupNetConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupNetConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupNetConnectionIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext added in v0.27.0

func (o LookupNetConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupNetConnectionIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupNetConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupNetConnectionIamPolicyResultOutput) Version added in v0.27.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyArgs struct {
	BrowserDlpRuleId              string `pulumi:"browserDlpRuleId"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int   `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	OrganizationId                string `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	PartnerTenantId               string `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
}

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutputArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	BrowserDlpRuleId              pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"browserDlpRuleId"`
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	OrganizationId                pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	PartnerTenantId               pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
}

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResult added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []GoogleIamV1BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.32.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings added in v0.32.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.32.0

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyResultOutput) Version added in v0.32.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyArgs struct {
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int   `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	OrganizationId                string `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	PartnerTenantId               string `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
}

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutputArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	OrganizationId                pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	PartnerTenantId               pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
}

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResult added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []GoogleIamV1BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.32.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings added in v0.32.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.32.0

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyResultOutput) Version added in v0.32.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyArgs struct {
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion *int   `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	OrganizationId                string `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	PartnerTenantId               string `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
	ProxyConfigId                 string `pulumi:"proxyConfigId"`
}

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutputArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutputArgs struct {
	OptionsRequestedPolicyVersion pulumi.IntPtrInput `pulumi:"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion"`
	OrganizationId                pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	PartnerTenantId               pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
	ProxyConfigId                 pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"proxyConfigId"`
}

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResult added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResult struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs []GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponse `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings []GoogleIamV1BindingResponse `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag string `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version int `pulumi:"version"`
}

func LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.32.0

type LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.32.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutput) Bindings added in v0.32.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutput added in v0.32.0

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutput) ToLookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutput

func (LookupOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyResultOutput) Version added in v0.32.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type LookupPartnerTenantArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupPartnerTenantArgs struct {
	OrganizationId  string `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	PartnerTenantId string `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
}

type LookupPartnerTenantOutputArgs added in v0.32.0

type LookupPartnerTenantOutputArgs struct {
	OrganizationId  pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	PartnerTenantId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
}

func (LookupPartnerTenantOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type LookupPartnerTenantResult added in v0.32.0

type LookupPartnerTenantResult struct {
	// Timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. An arbitrary caller-provided name for the PartnerTenant. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName string `pulumi:"displayName"`
	// Optional. Group information for the users enabled to use the partnerTenant. If the group information is not provided then the partnerTenant will be enabled for all users.
	Group GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupResponse `pulumi:"group"`
	// Unique resource name of the PartnerTenant. The name is ignored when creating PartnerTenant.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// Optional. Metadata provided by the Partner associated with PartnerTenant.
	PartnerMetadata GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataResponse `pulumi:"partnerMetadata"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

func LookupPartnerTenant added in v0.32.0

func LookupPartnerTenant(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupPartnerTenantArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupPartnerTenantResult, error)

Gets details of a single PartnerTenant.

type LookupPartnerTenantResultOutput added in v0.32.0

type LookupPartnerTenantResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func LookupPartnerTenantOutput added in v0.32.0

func (LookupPartnerTenantResultOutput) CreateTime added in v0.32.0

Timestamp when the resource was created.

func (LookupPartnerTenantResultOutput) DisplayName added in v0.32.0

Optional. An arbitrary caller-provided name for the PartnerTenant. Cannot exceed 64 characters.

func (LookupPartnerTenantResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (LookupPartnerTenantResultOutput) Group added in v0.32.0

Optional. Group information for the users enabled to use the partnerTenant. If the group information is not provided then the partnerTenant will be enabled for all users.

func (LookupPartnerTenantResultOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

Unique resource name of the PartnerTenant. The name is ignored when creating PartnerTenant.

func (LookupPartnerTenantResultOutput) PartnerMetadata added in v0.32.0

Optional. Metadata provided by the Partner associated with PartnerTenant.

func (LookupPartnerTenantResultOutput) ToLookupPartnerTenantResultOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o LookupPartnerTenantResultOutput) ToLookupPartnerTenantResultOutput() LookupPartnerTenantResultOutput

func (LookupPartnerTenantResultOutput) ToLookupPartnerTenantResultOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o LookupPartnerTenantResultOutput) ToLookupPartnerTenantResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupPartnerTenantResultOutput

func (LookupPartnerTenantResultOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.32.0

Timestamp when the resource was last modified.

type LookupProxyConfigArgs added in v0.31.1

type LookupProxyConfigArgs struct {
	OrganizationId  string `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	PartnerTenantId string `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
	ProxyConfigId   string `pulumi:"proxyConfigId"`
}

type LookupProxyConfigOutputArgs added in v0.31.1

type LookupProxyConfigOutputArgs struct {
	OrganizationId  pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	PartnerTenantId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
	ProxyConfigId   pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"proxyConfigId"`
}

func (LookupProxyConfigOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.31.1

type LookupProxyConfigResult added in v0.31.1

type LookupProxyConfigResult struct {
	// Timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. An arbitrary caller-provided name for the ProxyConfig. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName string `pulumi:"displayName"`
	// Optional. Information to encrypt JWT for the proxy server.
	EncryptionInfo GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoResponse `pulumi:"encryptionInfo"`
	// ProxyConfig resource name.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// The URI of the proxy server.
	ProxyUri string `pulumi:"proxyUri"`
	// Routing info to direct traffic to the proxy server.
	RoutingInfo GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoResponse `pulumi:"routingInfo"`
	// Transport layer information to verify for the proxy server.
	TransportInfo GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoResponse `pulumi:"transportInfo"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
	UpdateTime string `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

func LookupProxyConfig added in v0.31.1

func LookupProxyConfig(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupProxyConfigArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupProxyConfigResult, error)

Gets details of a single ProxyConfig.

type LookupProxyConfigResultOutput added in v0.31.1

type LookupProxyConfigResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func LookupProxyConfigOutput added in v0.31.1

func (LookupProxyConfigResultOutput) CreateTime added in v0.31.1

Timestamp when the resource was created.

func (LookupProxyConfigResultOutput) DisplayName added in v0.31.1

Optional. An arbitrary caller-provided name for the ProxyConfig. Cannot exceed 64 characters.

func (LookupProxyConfigResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (LookupProxyConfigResultOutput) EncryptionInfo added in v0.32.0

Optional. Information to encrypt JWT for the proxy server.

func (LookupProxyConfigResultOutput) Name added in v0.31.1

ProxyConfig resource name.

func (LookupProxyConfigResultOutput) ProxyUri added in v0.31.1

The URI of the proxy server.

func (LookupProxyConfigResultOutput) RoutingInfo added in v0.31.1

Routing info to direct traffic to the proxy server.

func (LookupProxyConfigResultOutput) ToLookupProxyConfigResultOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o LookupProxyConfigResultOutput) ToLookupProxyConfigResultOutput() LookupProxyConfigResultOutput

func (LookupProxyConfigResultOutput) ToLookupProxyConfigResultOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o LookupProxyConfigResultOutput) ToLookupProxyConfigResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupProxyConfigResultOutput

func (LookupProxyConfigResultOutput) TransportInfo added in v0.31.1

Transport layer information to verify for the proxy server.

func (LookupProxyConfigResultOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.31.1

Timestamp when the resource was last modified.

type LookupSubscriptionArgs added in v0.28.0

type LookupSubscriptionArgs struct {
	Location       string `pulumi:"location"`
	OrganizationId string `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	SubscriptionId string `pulumi:"subscriptionId"`
}

type LookupSubscriptionOutputArgs added in v0.28.0

type LookupSubscriptionOutputArgs struct {
	Location       pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"location"`
	OrganizationId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	SubscriptionId pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"subscriptionId"`
}

func (LookupSubscriptionOutputArgs) ElementType added in v0.28.0

type LookupSubscriptionResult added in v0.28.0

type LookupSubscriptionResult struct {
	// Represents that, if subscription will renew or end when the term ends.
	AutoRenewEnabled bool `pulumi:"autoRenewEnabled"`
	// Create time of the subscription.
	CreateTime string `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// End time of the subscription.
	EndTime string `pulumi:"endTime"`
	// Unique resource name of the Subscription. The name is ignored when creating a subscription.
	Name string `pulumi:"name"`
	// Optional. Number of seats in the subscription.
	SeatCount string `pulumi:"seatCount"`
	// SKU of subscription.
	Sku string `pulumi:"sku"`
	// Start time of the subscription.
	StartTime string `pulumi:"startTime"`
	// The current state of the subscription.
	State string `pulumi:"state"`
	// Type of subscription.
	Type string `pulumi:"type"`
}

func LookupSubscription added in v0.28.0

func LookupSubscription(ctx *pulumi.Context, args *LookupSubscriptionArgs, opts ...pulumi.InvokeOption) (*LookupSubscriptionResult, error)

Gets details of a single Subscription.

type LookupSubscriptionResultOutput added in v0.28.0

type LookupSubscriptionResultOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func LookupSubscriptionOutput added in v0.28.0

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) AutoRenewEnabled added in v0.28.0

func (o LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) AutoRenewEnabled() pulumi.BoolOutput

Represents that, if subscription will renew or end when the term ends.

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) CreateTime added in v0.28.0

Create time of the subscription.

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) EndTime added in v0.28.0

End time of the subscription.

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) Name added in v0.28.0

Unique resource name of the Subscription. The name is ignored when creating a subscription.

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) SeatCount added in v0.28.0

Optional. Number of seats in the subscription.

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) Sku added in v0.28.0

SKU of subscription.

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) StartTime added in v0.28.0

Start time of the subscription.

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) State added in v0.28.0

The current state of the subscription.

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) ToLookupSubscriptionResultOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) ToLookupSubscriptionResultOutput() LookupSubscriptionResultOutput

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) ToLookupSubscriptionResultOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) ToLookupSubscriptionResultOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) LookupSubscriptionResultOutput

func (LookupSubscriptionResultOutput) Type added in v0.28.0

Type of subscription.

type NetConnectionIamBinding added in v0.27.0

type NetConnectionIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetNetConnectionIamBinding added in v0.27.0

func GetNetConnectionIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *NetConnectionIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*NetConnectionIamBinding, error)

GetNetConnectionIamBinding gets an existing NetConnectionIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewNetConnectionIamBinding added in v0.27.0

func NewNetConnectionIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *NetConnectionIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*NetConnectionIamBinding, error)

NewNetConnectionIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*NetConnectionIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.27.0

func (*NetConnectionIamBinding) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*NetConnectionIamBinding) ToNetConnectionIamBindingOutput added in v0.27.0

func (i *NetConnectionIamBinding) ToNetConnectionIamBindingOutput() NetConnectionIamBindingOutput

func (*NetConnectionIamBinding) ToNetConnectionIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.27.0

func (i *NetConnectionIamBinding) ToNetConnectionIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) NetConnectionIamBindingOutput

type NetConnectionIamBindingArgs added in v0.27.0

type NetConnectionIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a NetConnectionIamBinding resource.

func (NetConnectionIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.27.0

type NetConnectionIamBindingInput added in v0.27.0

type NetConnectionIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToNetConnectionIamBindingOutput() NetConnectionIamBindingOutput
	ToNetConnectionIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) NetConnectionIamBindingOutput
}

type NetConnectionIamBindingOutput added in v0.27.0

type NetConnectionIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (NetConnectionIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.27.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (NetConnectionIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.27.0

func (NetConnectionIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.27.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (NetConnectionIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.27.0

Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (NetConnectionIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.27.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (NetConnectionIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.27.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (NetConnectionIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.27.0

The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.

func (NetConnectionIamBindingOutput) ToNetConnectionIamBindingOutput added in v0.27.0

func (o NetConnectionIamBindingOutput) ToNetConnectionIamBindingOutput() NetConnectionIamBindingOutput

func (NetConnectionIamBindingOutput) ToNetConnectionIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.27.0

func (o NetConnectionIamBindingOutput) ToNetConnectionIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) NetConnectionIamBindingOutput

type NetConnectionIamBindingState added in v0.27.0

type NetConnectionIamBindingState struct {
}

func (NetConnectionIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.27.0

type NetConnectionIamMember added in v0.27.0

type NetConnectionIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetNetConnectionIamMember added in v0.27.0

func GetNetConnectionIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *NetConnectionIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*NetConnectionIamMember, error)

GetNetConnectionIamMember gets an existing NetConnectionIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewNetConnectionIamMember added in v0.27.0

func NewNetConnectionIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *NetConnectionIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*NetConnectionIamMember, error)

NewNetConnectionIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*NetConnectionIamMember) ElementType added in v0.27.0

func (*NetConnectionIamMember) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*NetConnectionIamMember) ToNetConnectionIamMemberOutput added in v0.27.0

func (i *NetConnectionIamMember) ToNetConnectionIamMemberOutput() NetConnectionIamMemberOutput

func (*NetConnectionIamMember) ToNetConnectionIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.27.0

func (i *NetConnectionIamMember) ToNetConnectionIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) NetConnectionIamMemberOutput

type NetConnectionIamMemberArgs added in v0.27.0

type NetConnectionIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a NetConnectionIamMember resource.

func (NetConnectionIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.27.0

func (NetConnectionIamMemberArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type NetConnectionIamMemberInput added in v0.27.0

type NetConnectionIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToNetConnectionIamMemberOutput() NetConnectionIamMemberOutput
	ToNetConnectionIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) NetConnectionIamMemberOutput
}

type NetConnectionIamMemberOutput added in v0.27.0

type NetConnectionIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (NetConnectionIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.27.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (NetConnectionIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.27.0

func (NetConnectionIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.27.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (NetConnectionIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.27.0

Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (NetConnectionIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.27.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (NetConnectionIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.27.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (NetConnectionIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.27.0

The role that should be applied.

func (NetConnectionIamMemberOutput) ToNetConnectionIamMemberOutput added in v0.27.0

func (o NetConnectionIamMemberOutput) ToNetConnectionIamMemberOutput() NetConnectionIamMemberOutput

func (NetConnectionIamMemberOutput) ToNetConnectionIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.27.0

func (o NetConnectionIamMemberOutput) ToNetConnectionIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) NetConnectionIamMemberOutput

type NetConnectionIamMemberState added in v0.27.0

type NetConnectionIamMemberState struct {
}

func (NetConnectionIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.27.0

type NetConnectionIamPolicy added in v0.27.0

type NetConnectionIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag            pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	Location        pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"location"`
	NetConnectionId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"netConnectionId"`
	Project         pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetNetConnectionIamPolicy added in v0.27.0

func GetNetConnectionIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *NetConnectionIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*NetConnectionIamPolicy, error)

GetNetConnectionIamPolicy gets an existing NetConnectionIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewNetConnectionIamPolicy added in v0.27.0

func NewNetConnectionIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *NetConnectionIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*NetConnectionIamPolicy, error)

NewNetConnectionIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*NetConnectionIamPolicy) ElementType added in v0.27.0

func (*NetConnectionIamPolicy) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*NetConnectionIamPolicy) ToNetConnectionIamPolicyOutput added in v0.27.0

func (i *NetConnectionIamPolicy) ToNetConnectionIamPolicyOutput() NetConnectionIamPolicyOutput

func (*NetConnectionIamPolicy) ToNetConnectionIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.27.0

func (i *NetConnectionIamPolicy) ToNetConnectionIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) NetConnectionIamPolicyOutput

type NetConnectionIamPolicyArgs added in v0.27.0

type NetConnectionIamPolicyArgs struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag            pulumi.StringPtrInput
	Location        pulumi.StringPtrInput
	NetConnectionId pulumi.StringInput
	Project         pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a NetConnectionIamPolicy resource.

func (NetConnectionIamPolicyArgs) ElementType added in v0.27.0

func (NetConnectionIamPolicyArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type NetConnectionIamPolicyInput added in v0.27.0

type NetConnectionIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToNetConnectionIamPolicyOutput() NetConnectionIamPolicyOutput
	ToNetConnectionIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) NetConnectionIamPolicyOutput
}

type NetConnectionIamPolicyOutput added in v0.27.0

type NetConnectionIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (NetConnectionIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.27.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (NetConnectionIamPolicyOutput) Bindings added in v0.27.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (NetConnectionIamPolicyOutput) ElementType added in v0.27.0

func (NetConnectionIamPolicyOutput) Etag added in v0.27.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (NetConnectionIamPolicyOutput) Location added in v0.27.0

func (NetConnectionIamPolicyOutput) NetConnectionId added in v0.27.0

func (o NetConnectionIamPolicyOutput) NetConnectionId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (NetConnectionIamPolicyOutput) Project added in v0.27.0

func (NetConnectionIamPolicyOutput) ToNetConnectionIamPolicyOutput added in v0.27.0

func (o NetConnectionIamPolicyOutput) ToNetConnectionIamPolicyOutput() NetConnectionIamPolicyOutput

func (NetConnectionIamPolicyOutput) ToNetConnectionIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.27.0

func (o NetConnectionIamPolicyOutput) ToNetConnectionIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) NetConnectionIamPolicyOutput

func (NetConnectionIamPolicyOutput) Version added in v0.27.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type NetConnectionIamPolicyState added in v0.27.0

type NetConnectionIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (NetConnectionIamPolicyState) ElementType added in v0.27.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding added in v0.32.0

GetOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding gets an existing OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding added in v0.32.0

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding, error)

NewOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingArgs added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBinding resource.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingInput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput
	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput
}

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.32.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.32.0

Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.32.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.32.0

The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingState added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingState struct {
}

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember added in v0.32.0

GetOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember gets an existing OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember added in v0.32.0

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember, error)

NewOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberArgs added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMember resource.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberInput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput
	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput
}

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.32.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.32.0

Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.32.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.32.0

The role that should be applied.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberState added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberState struct {
}

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings         GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	BrowserDlpRuleId pulumi.StringOutput                   `pulumi:"browserDlpRuleId"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag            pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	OrganizationId  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	PartnerTenantId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

GetOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy gets an existing OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy, error)

NewOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyArgs added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyArgs struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings         GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput
	BrowserDlpRuleId pulumi.StringInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag            pulumi.StringPtrInput
	OrganizationId  pulumi.StringInput
	PartnerTenantId pulumi.StringInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicy resource.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyInput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput
	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput
}

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.32.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput) Bindings added in v0.32.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput) BrowserDlpRuleId added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput) OrganizationId added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput) PartnerTenantId added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyOutput) Version added in v0.32.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyState added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantBrowserDlpRuleIamPolicyState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding added in v0.32.0

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding, error)

GetOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding gets an existing OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding added in v0.32.0

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding, error)

NewOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingArgs added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBinding resource.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingInput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput
	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput
}

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.32.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.32.0

Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.32.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.32.0

The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingState added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingState struct {
}

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember added in v0.32.0

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember, error)

GetOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember gets an existing OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember added in v0.32.0

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember, error)

NewOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberArgs added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMember resource.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberInput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput
	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput
}

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.32.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.32.0

Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.32.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.32.0

The role that should be applied.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberState added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberState struct {
}

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag            pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	OrganizationId  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	PartnerTenantId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy, error)

GetOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy gets an existing OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy, error)

NewOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyArgs added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyArgs struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag            pulumi.StringPtrInput
	OrganizationId  pulumi.StringInput
	PartnerTenantId pulumi.StringInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicy resource.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyInput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput
	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput
}

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.32.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput) Bindings added in v0.32.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput) OrganizationId added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput) PartnerTenantId added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyOutput) Version added in v0.32.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyState added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantIamPolicyState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayOutput `pulumi:"members"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding added in v0.32.0

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding, error)

GetOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding gets an existing OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding added in v0.32.0

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding, error)

NewOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingArgs added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Members pulumi.StringArrayInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBinding resource.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingInput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput
	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput
}

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput) Condition added in v0.32.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput) Members added in v0.32.0

Identities that will be granted the privilege in role. Each entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput) Project added in v0.32.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput) Role added in v0.32.0

The role that should be applied. Only one `IamBinding` can be used per role.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingState added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingState struct {
}

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamBindingState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrOutput `pulumi:"condition"`
	// The etag of the resource's IAM policy.
	Etag pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"member"`
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	// The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.
	Project pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"project"`
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"role"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember added in v0.32.0

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember, error)

GetOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember gets an existing OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember added in v0.32.0

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember, error)

NewOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberArgs added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberArgs struct {
	// An IAM Condition for a given binding.
	Condition iam.ConditionPtrInput
	// Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:
	//
	//  * user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
	//  * serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
	//  * group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
	//  * domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
	Member pulumi.StringInput
	// The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.
	Name pulumi.StringInput
	// The role that should be applied.
	Role pulumi.StringInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMember resource.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberInput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput
	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput
}

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput) Condition added in v0.32.0

An IAM Condition for a given binding. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview for additional details.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

The etag of the resource's IAM policy.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput) Member added in v0.32.0

Identity that will be granted the privilege in role. The entry can have one of the following values:

  • user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@gmail.com or joe@example.com.
  • serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com.
  • group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com.
  • domain:{domain}: A G Suite domain (primary, instead of alias) name that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

The name of the resource to manage IAM policies for.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput) Project added in v0.32.0

The project in which the resource belongs. If it is not provided, a default will be supplied.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput) Role added in v0.32.0

The role that should be applied.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberState added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberState struct {
}

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamMemberState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"auditConfigs"`
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingResponseArrayOutput `pulumi:"bindings"`
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag            pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"etag"`
	OrganizationId  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	PartnerTenantId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
	ProxyConfigId   pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"proxyConfigId"`
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntOutput `pulumi:"version"`
}

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

func GetOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy, error)

GetOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy gets an existing OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy added in v0.32.0

func NewOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy, error)

NewOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput

func (*OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyArgs added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyArgs struct {
	// Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
	AuditConfigs GoogleIamV1AuditConfigArrayInput
	// Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
	Bindings GoogleIamV1BindingArrayInput
	// `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
	Etag            pulumi.StringPtrInput
	OrganizationId  pulumi.StringInput
	PartnerTenantId pulumi.StringInput
	ProxyConfigId   pulumi.StringInput
	// OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
	UpdateMask pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
	Version pulumi.IntPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicy resource.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyInput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput
	ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput
}

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput) AuditConfigs added in v0.32.0

Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput) Bindings added in v0.32.0

Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput) Etag added in v0.32.0

`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput) OrganizationId added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput) PartnerTenantId added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput) ProxyConfigId added in v0.32.0

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput() OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput) ToOrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyOutput) Version added in v0.32.0

Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyState added in v0.32.0

type OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyState struct {
}

func (OrganizationPartnerTenantProxyConfigIamPolicyState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

type PartnerTenant added in v0.32.0

type PartnerTenant struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. An arbitrary caller-provided name for the PartnerTenant. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"displayName"`
	// Optional. Group information for the users enabled to use the partnerTenant. If the group information is not provided then the partnerTenant will be enabled for all users.
	Group GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupResponseOutput `pulumi:"group"`
	// Unique resource name of the PartnerTenant. The name is ignored when creating PartnerTenant.
	Name           pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	OrganizationId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	// Optional. Metadata provided by the Partner associated with PartnerTenant.
	PartnerMetadata GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataResponseOutput `pulumi:"partnerMetadata"`
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"requestId"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

Creates a new BeyondCorp Enterprise partnerTenant in a given organization and can only be called by onboarded BeyondCorp Enterprise partner. Auto-naming is currently not supported for this resource.

func GetPartnerTenant added in v0.32.0

func GetPartnerTenant(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *PartnerTenantState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*PartnerTenant, error)

GetPartnerTenant gets an existing PartnerTenant resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewPartnerTenant added in v0.32.0

func NewPartnerTenant(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *PartnerTenantArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*PartnerTenant, error)

NewPartnerTenant registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*PartnerTenant) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (*PartnerTenant) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*PartnerTenant) ToPartnerTenantOutput added in v0.32.0

func (i *PartnerTenant) ToPartnerTenantOutput() PartnerTenantOutput

func (*PartnerTenant) ToPartnerTenantOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (i *PartnerTenant) ToPartnerTenantOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PartnerTenantOutput

type PartnerTenantArgs added in v0.32.0

type PartnerTenantArgs struct {
	// Optional. An arbitrary caller-provided name for the PartnerTenant. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Group information for the users enabled to use the partnerTenant. If the group information is not provided then the partnerTenant will be enabled for all users.
	Group          GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaGroupPtrInput
	OrganizationId pulumi.StringInput
	// Optional. Metadata provided by the Partner associated with PartnerTenant.
	PartnerMetadata GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaPartnerMetadataPtrInput
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a PartnerTenant resource.

func (PartnerTenantArgs) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (PartnerTenantArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type PartnerTenantInput added in v0.32.0

type PartnerTenantInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToPartnerTenantOutput() PartnerTenantOutput
	ToPartnerTenantOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PartnerTenantOutput
}

type PartnerTenantOutput added in v0.32.0

type PartnerTenantOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (PartnerTenantOutput) CreateTime added in v0.32.0

func (o PartnerTenantOutput) CreateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Timestamp when the resource was created.

func (PartnerTenantOutput) DisplayName added in v0.32.0

func (o PartnerTenantOutput) DisplayName() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. An arbitrary caller-provided name for the PartnerTenant. Cannot exceed 64 characters.

func (PartnerTenantOutput) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (PartnerTenantOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PartnerTenantOutput) Group added in v0.32.0

Optional. Group information for the users enabled to use the partnerTenant. If the group information is not provided then the partnerTenant will be enabled for all users.

func (PartnerTenantOutput) Name added in v0.32.0

Unique resource name of the PartnerTenant. The name is ignored when creating PartnerTenant.

func (PartnerTenantOutput) OrganizationId added in v0.32.0

func (o PartnerTenantOutput) OrganizationId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (PartnerTenantOutput) PartnerMetadata added in v0.32.0

Optional. Metadata provided by the Partner associated with PartnerTenant.

func (PartnerTenantOutput) RequestId added in v0.32.0

Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

func (PartnerTenantOutput) ToPartnerTenantOutput added in v0.32.0

func (o PartnerTenantOutput) ToPartnerTenantOutput() PartnerTenantOutput

func (PartnerTenantOutput) ToPartnerTenantOutputWithContext added in v0.32.0

func (o PartnerTenantOutput) ToPartnerTenantOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PartnerTenantOutput

func (PartnerTenantOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.32.0

func (o PartnerTenantOutput) UpdateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Timestamp when the resource was last modified.

type PartnerTenantState added in v0.32.0

type PartnerTenantState struct {
}

func (PartnerTenantState) ElementType added in v0.32.0

func (PartnerTenantState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type PrincipalInfo

type PrincipalInfo struct {
	// A GCP service account.
	ServiceAccount *ServiceAccount `pulumi:"serviceAccount"`
}

PrincipalInfo represents an Identity oneof.

type PrincipalInfoArgs

type PrincipalInfoArgs struct {
	// A GCP service account.
	ServiceAccount ServiceAccountPtrInput `pulumi:"serviceAccount"`
}

PrincipalInfo represents an Identity oneof.

func (PrincipalInfoArgs) ElementType

func (PrincipalInfoArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PrincipalInfoArgs) ToPrincipalInfoOutput

func (i PrincipalInfoArgs) ToPrincipalInfoOutput() PrincipalInfoOutput

func (PrincipalInfoArgs) ToPrincipalInfoOutputWithContext

func (i PrincipalInfoArgs) ToPrincipalInfoOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PrincipalInfoOutput

type PrincipalInfoInput

type PrincipalInfoInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToPrincipalInfoOutput() PrincipalInfoOutput
	ToPrincipalInfoOutputWithContext(context.Context) PrincipalInfoOutput
}

PrincipalInfoInput is an input type that accepts PrincipalInfoArgs and PrincipalInfoOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `PrincipalInfoInput` via:

PrincipalInfoArgs{...}

type PrincipalInfoOutput

type PrincipalInfoOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

PrincipalInfo represents an Identity oneof.

func (PrincipalInfoOutput) ElementType

func (PrincipalInfoOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (PrincipalInfoOutput) ServiceAccount

func (o PrincipalInfoOutput) ServiceAccount() ServiceAccountPtrOutput

A GCP service account.

func (PrincipalInfoOutput) ToPrincipalInfoOutput

func (o PrincipalInfoOutput) ToPrincipalInfoOutput() PrincipalInfoOutput

func (PrincipalInfoOutput) ToPrincipalInfoOutputWithContext

func (o PrincipalInfoOutput) ToPrincipalInfoOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PrincipalInfoOutput

type PrincipalInfoResponse

type PrincipalInfoResponse struct {
	// A GCP service account.
	ServiceAccount ServiceAccountResponse `pulumi:"serviceAccount"`
}

PrincipalInfo represents an Identity oneof.

type PrincipalInfoResponseOutput

type PrincipalInfoResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

PrincipalInfo represents an Identity oneof.

func (PrincipalInfoResponseOutput) ElementType

func (PrincipalInfoResponseOutput) ServiceAccount

A GCP service account.

func (PrincipalInfoResponseOutput) ToPrincipalInfoResponseOutput

func (o PrincipalInfoResponseOutput) ToPrincipalInfoResponseOutput() PrincipalInfoResponseOutput

func (PrincipalInfoResponseOutput) ToPrincipalInfoResponseOutputWithContext

func (o PrincipalInfoResponseOutput) ToPrincipalInfoResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) PrincipalInfoResponseOutput

type ProxyConfig added in v0.31.1

type ProxyConfig struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Timestamp when the resource was created.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// Optional. An arbitrary caller-provided name for the ProxyConfig. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"displayName"`
	// Optional. Information to encrypt JWT for the proxy server.
	EncryptionInfo GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoResponseOutput `pulumi:"encryptionInfo"`
	// ProxyConfig resource name.
	Name            pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	OrganizationId  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	PartnerTenantId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"partnerTenantId"`
	// The URI of the proxy server.
	ProxyUri pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"proxyUri"`
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrOutput `pulumi:"requestId"`
	// Routing info to direct traffic to the proxy server.
	RoutingInfo GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoResponseOutput `pulumi:"routingInfo"`
	// Transport layer information to verify for the proxy server.
	TransportInfo GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoResponseOutput `pulumi:"transportInfo"`
	// Timestamp when the resource was last modified.
	UpdateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"updateTime"`
}

Creates a new BeyondCorp Enterprise ProxyConfig in a given organization and PartnerTenant. Can only be called by on onboarded Beyondcorp Enterprise partner. Auto-naming is currently not supported for this resource.

func GetProxyConfig added in v0.31.1

func GetProxyConfig(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *ProxyConfigState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ProxyConfig, error)

GetProxyConfig gets an existing ProxyConfig resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewProxyConfig added in v0.31.1

func NewProxyConfig(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *ProxyConfigArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*ProxyConfig, error)

NewProxyConfig registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*ProxyConfig) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (*ProxyConfig) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*ProxyConfig) ToProxyConfigOutput added in v0.31.1

func (i *ProxyConfig) ToProxyConfigOutput() ProxyConfigOutput

func (*ProxyConfig) ToProxyConfigOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (i *ProxyConfig) ToProxyConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ProxyConfigOutput

type ProxyConfigArgs added in v0.31.1

type ProxyConfigArgs struct {
	// Optional. An arbitrary caller-provided name for the ProxyConfig. Cannot exceed 64 characters.
	DisplayName pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Optional. Information to encrypt JWT for the proxy server.
	EncryptionInfo  GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaEncryptionInfoPtrInput
	OrganizationId  pulumi.StringInput
	PartnerTenantId pulumi.StringInput
	// The URI of the proxy server.
	ProxyUri pulumi.StringInput
	// Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
	RequestId pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Routing info to direct traffic to the proxy server.
	RoutingInfo GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaRoutingInfoInput
	// Transport layer information to verify for the proxy server.
	TransportInfo GoogleCloudBeyondcorpPartnerservicesV1alphaTransportInfoInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a ProxyConfig resource.

func (ProxyConfigArgs) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (ProxyConfigArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ProxyConfigInput added in v0.31.1

type ProxyConfigInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToProxyConfigOutput() ProxyConfigOutput
	ToProxyConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ProxyConfigOutput
}

type ProxyConfigOutput added in v0.31.1

type ProxyConfigOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ProxyConfigOutput) CreateTime added in v0.31.1

func (o ProxyConfigOutput) CreateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Timestamp when the resource was created.

func (ProxyConfigOutput) DisplayName added in v0.31.1

func (o ProxyConfigOutput) DisplayName() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. An arbitrary caller-provided name for the ProxyConfig. Cannot exceed 64 characters.

func (ProxyConfigOutput) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (ProxyConfigOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ProxyConfigOutput) EncryptionInfo added in v0.32.0

Optional. Information to encrypt JWT for the proxy server.

func (ProxyConfigOutput) Name added in v0.31.1

ProxyConfig resource name.

func (ProxyConfigOutput) OrganizationId added in v0.31.1

func (o ProxyConfigOutput) OrganizationId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (ProxyConfigOutput) PartnerTenantId added in v0.32.0

func (o ProxyConfigOutput) PartnerTenantId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (ProxyConfigOutput) ProxyUri added in v0.31.1

func (o ProxyConfigOutput) ProxyUri() pulumi.StringOutput

The URI of the proxy server.

func (ProxyConfigOutput) RequestId added in v0.31.1

Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).

func (ProxyConfigOutput) RoutingInfo added in v0.31.1

Routing info to direct traffic to the proxy server.

func (ProxyConfigOutput) ToProxyConfigOutput added in v0.31.1

func (o ProxyConfigOutput) ToProxyConfigOutput() ProxyConfigOutput

func (ProxyConfigOutput) ToProxyConfigOutputWithContext added in v0.31.1

func (o ProxyConfigOutput) ToProxyConfigOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ProxyConfigOutput

func (ProxyConfigOutput) TransportInfo added in v0.31.1

Transport layer information to verify for the proxy server.

func (ProxyConfigOutput) UpdateTime added in v0.31.1

func (o ProxyConfigOutput) UpdateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Timestamp when the resource was last modified.

type ProxyConfigState added in v0.31.1

type ProxyConfigState struct {
}

func (ProxyConfigState) ElementType added in v0.31.1

func (ProxyConfigState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type ResourceInfo

type ResourceInfo struct {
	// Unique Id for the resource.
	Id string `pulumi:"id"`
	// Specific details for the resource.
	Resource map[string]string `pulumi:"resource"`
	// Overall health status. Overall status is derived based on the status of each sub level resources.
	Status *ResourceInfoStatus `pulumi:"status"`
	// List of Info for the sub level resources.
	Sub []ResourceInfo `pulumi:"sub"`
	// The timestamp to collect the info. It is suggested to be set by the topmost level resource only.
	Time *string `pulumi:"time"`
}

ResourceInfo represents the information/status of the associated resource.

type ResourceInfoArgs

type ResourceInfoArgs struct {
	// Unique Id for the resource.
	Id pulumi.StringInput `pulumi:"id"`
	// Specific details for the resource.
	Resource pulumi.StringMapInput `pulumi:"resource"`
	// Overall health status. Overall status is derived based on the status of each sub level resources.
	Status ResourceInfoStatusPtrInput `pulumi:"status"`
	// List of Info for the sub level resources.
	Sub ResourceInfoArrayInput `pulumi:"sub"`
	// The timestamp to collect the info. It is suggested to be set by the topmost level resource only.
	Time pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"time"`
}

ResourceInfo represents the information/status of the associated resource.

func (ResourceInfoArgs) ElementType

func (ResourceInfoArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ResourceInfoArgs) ToResourceInfoOutput

func (i ResourceInfoArgs) ToResourceInfoOutput() ResourceInfoOutput

func (ResourceInfoArgs) ToResourceInfoOutputWithContext

func (i ResourceInfoArgs) ToResourceInfoOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ResourceInfoOutput

func (ResourceInfoArgs) ToResourceInfoPtrOutput

func (i ResourceInfoArgs) ToResourceInfoPtrOutput() ResourceInfoPtrOutput

func (ResourceInfoArgs) ToResourceInfoPtrOutputWithContext

func (i ResourceInfoArgs) ToResourceInfoPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ResourceInfoPtrOutput

type ResourceInfoArray

type ResourceInfoArray []ResourceInfoInput

func (ResourceInfoArray) ElementType

func (ResourceInfoArray) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ResourceInfoArray) ToResourceInfoArrayOutput

func (i ResourceInfoArray) ToResourceInfoArrayOutput() ResourceInfoArrayOutput

func (ResourceInfoArray) ToResourceInfoArrayOutputWithContext

func (i ResourceInfoArray) ToResourceInfoArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ResourceInfoArrayOutput

type ResourceInfoArrayInput

type ResourceInfoArrayInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToResourceInfoArrayOutput() ResourceInfoArrayOutput
	ToResourceInfoArrayOutputWithContext(context.Context) ResourceInfoArrayOutput
}

ResourceInfoArrayInput is an input type that accepts ResourceInfoArray and ResourceInfoArrayOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ResourceInfoArrayInput` via:

ResourceInfoArray{ ResourceInfoArgs{...} }

type ResourceInfoArrayOutput

type ResourceInfoArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ResourceInfoArrayOutput) ElementType

func (ResourceInfoArrayOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ResourceInfoArrayOutput) Index

func (ResourceInfoArrayOutput) ToResourceInfoArrayOutput

func (o ResourceInfoArrayOutput) ToResourceInfoArrayOutput() ResourceInfoArrayOutput

func (ResourceInfoArrayOutput) ToResourceInfoArrayOutputWithContext

func (o ResourceInfoArrayOutput) ToResourceInfoArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ResourceInfoArrayOutput

type ResourceInfoInput

type ResourceInfoInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToResourceInfoOutput() ResourceInfoOutput
	ToResourceInfoOutputWithContext(context.Context) ResourceInfoOutput
}

ResourceInfoInput is an input type that accepts ResourceInfoArgs and ResourceInfoOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ResourceInfoInput` via:

ResourceInfoArgs{...}

type ResourceInfoOutput

type ResourceInfoOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

ResourceInfo represents the information/status of the associated resource.

func (ResourceInfoOutput) ElementType

func (ResourceInfoOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ResourceInfoOutput) Id

Unique Id for the resource.

func (ResourceInfoOutput) Resource

Specific details for the resource.

func (ResourceInfoOutput) Status

Overall health status. Overall status is derived based on the status of each sub level resources.

func (ResourceInfoOutput) Sub

List of Info for the sub level resources.

func (ResourceInfoOutput) Time

The timestamp to collect the info. It is suggested to be set by the topmost level resource only.

func (ResourceInfoOutput) ToResourceInfoOutput

func (o ResourceInfoOutput) ToResourceInfoOutput() ResourceInfoOutput

func (ResourceInfoOutput) ToResourceInfoOutputWithContext

func (o ResourceInfoOutput) ToResourceInfoOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ResourceInfoOutput

func (ResourceInfoOutput) ToResourceInfoPtrOutput

func (o ResourceInfoOutput) ToResourceInfoPtrOutput() ResourceInfoPtrOutput

func (ResourceInfoOutput) ToResourceInfoPtrOutputWithContext

func (o ResourceInfoOutput) ToResourceInfoPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ResourceInfoPtrOutput

type ResourceInfoPtrInput

type ResourceInfoPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToResourceInfoPtrOutput() ResourceInfoPtrOutput
	ToResourceInfoPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) ResourceInfoPtrOutput
}

ResourceInfoPtrInput is an input type that accepts ResourceInfoArgs, ResourceInfoPtr and ResourceInfoPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ResourceInfoPtrInput` via:

        ResourceInfoArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type ResourceInfoPtrOutput

type ResourceInfoPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ResourceInfoPtrOutput) Elem

func (ResourceInfoPtrOutput) ElementType

func (ResourceInfoPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ResourceInfoPtrOutput) Id

Unique Id for the resource.

func (ResourceInfoPtrOutput) Resource

Specific details for the resource.

func (ResourceInfoPtrOutput) Status

Overall health status. Overall status is derived based on the status of each sub level resources.

func (ResourceInfoPtrOutput) Sub

List of Info for the sub level resources.

func (ResourceInfoPtrOutput) Time

The timestamp to collect the info. It is suggested to be set by the topmost level resource only.

func (ResourceInfoPtrOutput) ToResourceInfoPtrOutput

func (o ResourceInfoPtrOutput) ToResourceInfoPtrOutput() ResourceInfoPtrOutput

func (ResourceInfoPtrOutput) ToResourceInfoPtrOutputWithContext

func (o ResourceInfoPtrOutput) ToResourceInfoPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ResourceInfoPtrOutput

type ResourceInfoResponse

type ResourceInfoResponse struct {
	// Specific details for the resource.
	Resource map[string]string `pulumi:"resource"`
	// Overall health status. Overall status is derived based on the status of each sub level resources.
	Status string `pulumi:"status"`
	// List of Info for the sub level resources.
	Sub []ResourceInfoResponse `pulumi:"sub"`
	// The timestamp to collect the info. It is suggested to be set by the topmost level resource only.
	Time string `pulumi:"time"`
}

ResourceInfo represents the information/status of the associated resource.

type ResourceInfoResponseArrayOutput

type ResourceInfoResponseArrayOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ResourceInfoResponseArrayOutput) ElementType

func (ResourceInfoResponseArrayOutput) Index

func (ResourceInfoResponseArrayOutput) ToResourceInfoResponseArrayOutput

func (o ResourceInfoResponseArrayOutput) ToResourceInfoResponseArrayOutput() ResourceInfoResponseArrayOutput

func (ResourceInfoResponseArrayOutput) ToResourceInfoResponseArrayOutputWithContext

func (o ResourceInfoResponseArrayOutput) ToResourceInfoResponseArrayOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ResourceInfoResponseArrayOutput

type ResourceInfoResponseOutput

type ResourceInfoResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

ResourceInfo represents the information/status of the associated resource.

func (ResourceInfoResponseOutput) ElementType

func (ResourceInfoResponseOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ResourceInfoResponseOutput) Resource

Specific details for the resource.

func (ResourceInfoResponseOutput) Status

Overall health status. Overall status is derived based on the status of each sub level resources.

func (ResourceInfoResponseOutput) Sub

List of Info for the sub level resources.

func (ResourceInfoResponseOutput) Time

The timestamp to collect the info. It is suggested to be set by the topmost level resource only.

func (ResourceInfoResponseOutput) ToResourceInfoResponseOutput

func (o ResourceInfoResponseOutput) ToResourceInfoResponseOutput() ResourceInfoResponseOutput

func (ResourceInfoResponseOutput) ToResourceInfoResponseOutputWithContext

func (o ResourceInfoResponseOutput) ToResourceInfoResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ResourceInfoResponseOutput

type ResourceInfoStatus

type ResourceInfoStatus string

Overall health status. Overall status is derived based on the status of each sub level resources.

func (ResourceInfoStatus) ElementType

func (ResourceInfoStatus) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ResourceInfoStatus) ToResourceInfoStatusOutput

func (e ResourceInfoStatus) ToResourceInfoStatusOutput() ResourceInfoStatusOutput

func (ResourceInfoStatus) ToResourceInfoStatusOutputWithContext

func (e ResourceInfoStatus) ToResourceInfoStatusOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ResourceInfoStatusOutput

func (ResourceInfoStatus) ToResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput

func (e ResourceInfoStatus) ToResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput() ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput

func (ResourceInfoStatus) ToResourceInfoStatusPtrOutputWithContext

func (e ResourceInfoStatus) ToResourceInfoStatusPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput

func (ResourceInfoStatus) ToStringOutput

func (e ResourceInfoStatus) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (ResourceInfoStatus) ToStringOutputWithContext

func (e ResourceInfoStatus) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (ResourceInfoStatus) ToStringPtrOutput

func (e ResourceInfoStatus) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (ResourceInfoStatus) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

func (e ResourceInfoStatus) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type ResourceInfoStatusInput

type ResourceInfoStatusInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToResourceInfoStatusOutput() ResourceInfoStatusOutput
	ToResourceInfoStatusOutputWithContext(context.Context) ResourceInfoStatusOutput
}

ResourceInfoStatusInput is an input type that accepts ResourceInfoStatusArgs and ResourceInfoStatusOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ResourceInfoStatusInput` via:

ResourceInfoStatusArgs{...}

type ResourceInfoStatusOutput

type ResourceInfoStatusOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ElementType

func (ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToResourceInfoStatusOutput

func (o ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToResourceInfoStatusOutput() ResourceInfoStatusOutput

func (ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToResourceInfoStatusOutputWithContext

func (o ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToResourceInfoStatusOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ResourceInfoStatusOutput

func (ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput

func (o ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput() ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput

func (ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToResourceInfoStatusPtrOutputWithContext

func (o ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToResourceInfoStatusPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput

func (ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToStringOutput

func (o ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext

func (o ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToStringPtrOutput

func (o ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

func (o ResourceInfoStatusOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type ResourceInfoStatusPtrInput

type ResourceInfoStatusPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput() ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput
	ToResourceInfoStatusPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput
}

func ResourceInfoStatusPtr

func ResourceInfoStatusPtr(v string) ResourceInfoStatusPtrInput

type ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput

type ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput) Elem

func (ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput) ElementType

func (ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput) ToResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput

func (o ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput) ToResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput() ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput

func (ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput) ToResourceInfoStatusPtrOutputWithContext

func (o ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput) ToResourceInfoStatusPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput

func (ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput

func (o ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext

func (o ResourceInfoStatusPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

type ServiceAccount

type ServiceAccount struct {
	// Email address of the service account.
	Email *string `pulumi:"email"`
}

ServiceAccount represents a GCP service account.

type ServiceAccountArgs

type ServiceAccountArgs struct {
	// Email address of the service account.
	Email pulumi.StringPtrInput `pulumi:"email"`
}

ServiceAccount represents a GCP service account.

func (ServiceAccountArgs) ElementType

func (ServiceAccountArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ServiceAccountArgs) ToServiceAccountOutput

func (i ServiceAccountArgs) ToServiceAccountOutput() ServiceAccountOutput

func (ServiceAccountArgs) ToServiceAccountOutputWithContext

func (i ServiceAccountArgs) ToServiceAccountOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceAccountOutput

func (ServiceAccountArgs) ToServiceAccountPtrOutput

func (i ServiceAccountArgs) ToServiceAccountPtrOutput() ServiceAccountPtrOutput

func (ServiceAccountArgs) ToServiceAccountPtrOutputWithContext

func (i ServiceAccountArgs) ToServiceAccountPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceAccountPtrOutput

type ServiceAccountInput

type ServiceAccountInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToServiceAccountOutput() ServiceAccountOutput
	ToServiceAccountOutputWithContext(context.Context) ServiceAccountOutput
}

ServiceAccountInput is an input type that accepts ServiceAccountArgs and ServiceAccountOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ServiceAccountInput` via:

ServiceAccountArgs{...}

type ServiceAccountOutput

type ServiceAccountOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

ServiceAccount represents a GCP service account.

func (ServiceAccountOutput) ElementType

func (ServiceAccountOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ServiceAccountOutput) Email

Email address of the service account.

func (ServiceAccountOutput) ToServiceAccountOutput

func (o ServiceAccountOutput) ToServiceAccountOutput() ServiceAccountOutput

func (ServiceAccountOutput) ToServiceAccountOutputWithContext

func (o ServiceAccountOutput) ToServiceAccountOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceAccountOutput

func (ServiceAccountOutput) ToServiceAccountPtrOutput

func (o ServiceAccountOutput) ToServiceAccountPtrOutput() ServiceAccountPtrOutput

func (ServiceAccountOutput) ToServiceAccountPtrOutputWithContext

func (o ServiceAccountOutput) ToServiceAccountPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceAccountPtrOutput

type ServiceAccountPtrInput

type ServiceAccountPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToServiceAccountPtrOutput() ServiceAccountPtrOutput
	ToServiceAccountPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) ServiceAccountPtrOutput
}

ServiceAccountPtrInput is an input type that accepts ServiceAccountArgs, ServiceAccountPtr and ServiceAccountPtrOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `ServiceAccountPtrInput` via:

        ServiceAccountArgs{...}

or:

        nil

type ServiceAccountPtrOutput

type ServiceAccountPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (ServiceAccountPtrOutput) Elem

func (ServiceAccountPtrOutput) ElementType

func (ServiceAccountPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (ServiceAccountPtrOutput) Email

Email address of the service account.

func (ServiceAccountPtrOutput) ToServiceAccountPtrOutput

func (o ServiceAccountPtrOutput) ToServiceAccountPtrOutput() ServiceAccountPtrOutput

func (ServiceAccountPtrOutput) ToServiceAccountPtrOutputWithContext

func (o ServiceAccountPtrOutput) ToServiceAccountPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceAccountPtrOutput

type ServiceAccountResponse

type ServiceAccountResponse struct {
	// Email address of the service account.
	Email string `pulumi:"email"`
}

ServiceAccount represents a GCP service account.

type ServiceAccountResponseOutput

type ServiceAccountResponseOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

ServiceAccount represents a GCP service account.

func (ServiceAccountResponseOutput) ElementType

func (ServiceAccountResponseOutput) Email

Email address of the service account.

func (ServiceAccountResponseOutput) ToServiceAccountResponseOutput

func (o ServiceAccountResponseOutput) ToServiceAccountResponseOutput() ServiceAccountResponseOutput

func (ServiceAccountResponseOutput) ToServiceAccountResponseOutputWithContext

func (o ServiceAccountResponseOutput) ToServiceAccountResponseOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) ServiceAccountResponseOutput

type Subscription added in v0.28.0

type Subscription struct {
	pulumi.CustomResourceState

	// Represents that, if subscription will renew or end when the term ends.
	AutoRenewEnabled pulumi.BoolOutput `pulumi:"autoRenewEnabled"`
	// Create time of the subscription.
	CreateTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"createTime"`
	// End time of the subscription.
	EndTime  pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"endTime"`
	Location pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"location"`
	// Unique resource name of the Subscription. The name is ignored when creating a subscription.
	Name           pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"name"`
	OrganizationId pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"organizationId"`
	// Optional. Number of seats in the subscription.
	SeatCount pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"seatCount"`
	// SKU of subscription.
	Sku pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"sku"`
	// Start time of the subscription.
	StartTime pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"startTime"`
	// The current state of the subscription.
	State pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"state"`
	// Type of subscription.
	Type pulumi.StringOutput `pulumi:"type"`
}

Creates a new BeyondCorp Enterprise Subscription in a given organization. Location will always be global as BeyondCorp subscriptions are per organization. Note - this resource's API doesn't support deletion. When deleted, the resource will persist on Google Cloud even though it will be deleted from Pulumi state.

func GetSubscription added in v0.28.0

func GetSubscription(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, id pulumi.IDInput, state *SubscriptionState, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Subscription, error)

GetSubscription gets an existing Subscription resource's state with the given name, ID, and optional state properties that are used to uniquely qualify the lookup (nil if not required).

func NewSubscription added in v0.28.0

func NewSubscription(ctx *pulumi.Context,
	name string, args *SubscriptionArgs, opts ...pulumi.ResourceOption) (*Subscription, error)

NewSubscription registers a new resource with the given unique name, arguments, and options.

func (*Subscription) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (*Subscription) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (*Subscription) ToSubscriptionOutput added in v0.28.0

func (i *Subscription) ToSubscriptionOutput() SubscriptionOutput

func (*Subscription) ToSubscriptionOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (i *Subscription) ToSubscriptionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SubscriptionOutput

type SubscriptionArgs added in v0.28.0

type SubscriptionArgs struct {
	Location pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// Unique resource name of the Subscription. The name is ignored when creating a subscription.
	Name           pulumi.StringPtrInput
	OrganizationId pulumi.StringInput
	// Optional. Number of seats in the subscription.
	SeatCount pulumi.StringPtrInput
	// SKU of subscription.
	Sku SubscriptionSkuInput
	// Type of subscription.
	Type SubscriptionTypeInput
}

The set of arguments for constructing a Subscription resource.

func (SubscriptionArgs) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (SubscriptionArgs) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SubscriptionInput added in v0.28.0

type SubscriptionInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSubscriptionOutput() SubscriptionOutput
	ToSubscriptionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SubscriptionOutput
}

type SubscriptionOutput added in v0.28.0

type SubscriptionOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SubscriptionOutput) AutoRenewEnabled added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionOutput) AutoRenewEnabled() pulumi.BoolOutput

Represents that, if subscription will renew or end when the term ends.

func (SubscriptionOutput) CreateTime added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionOutput) CreateTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Create time of the subscription.

func (SubscriptionOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (SubscriptionOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SubscriptionOutput) EndTime added in v0.28.0

End time of the subscription.

func (SubscriptionOutput) Location added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionOutput) Location() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SubscriptionOutput) Name added in v0.28.0

Unique resource name of the Subscription. The name is ignored when creating a subscription.

func (SubscriptionOutput) OrganizationId added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionOutput) OrganizationId() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SubscriptionOutput) SeatCount added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionOutput) SeatCount() pulumi.StringOutput

Optional. Number of seats in the subscription.

func (SubscriptionOutput) Sku added in v0.28.0

SKU of subscription.

func (SubscriptionOutput) StartTime added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionOutput) StartTime() pulumi.StringOutput

Start time of the subscription.

func (SubscriptionOutput) State added in v0.28.0

The current state of the subscription.

func (SubscriptionOutput) ToSubscriptionOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionOutput) ToSubscriptionOutput() SubscriptionOutput

func (SubscriptionOutput) ToSubscriptionOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionOutput) ToSubscriptionOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SubscriptionOutput

func (SubscriptionOutput) Type added in v0.28.0

Type of subscription.

type SubscriptionSku added in v0.28.0

type SubscriptionSku string

Required. SKU of subscription.

func (SubscriptionSku) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (SubscriptionSku) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SubscriptionSku) ToStringOutput added in v0.28.0

func (e SubscriptionSku) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SubscriptionSku) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (e SubscriptionSku) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (SubscriptionSku) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (e SubscriptionSku) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (SubscriptionSku) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (e SubscriptionSku) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (SubscriptionSku) ToSubscriptionSkuOutput added in v0.28.0

func (e SubscriptionSku) ToSubscriptionSkuOutput() SubscriptionSkuOutput

func (SubscriptionSku) ToSubscriptionSkuOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (e SubscriptionSku) ToSubscriptionSkuOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SubscriptionSkuOutput

func (SubscriptionSku) ToSubscriptionSkuPtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (e SubscriptionSku) ToSubscriptionSkuPtrOutput() SubscriptionSkuPtrOutput

func (SubscriptionSku) ToSubscriptionSkuPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (e SubscriptionSku) ToSubscriptionSkuPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SubscriptionSkuPtrOutput

type SubscriptionSkuInput added in v0.28.0

type SubscriptionSkuInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSubscriptionSkuOutput() SubscriptionSkuOutput
	ToSubscriptionSkuOutputWithContext(context.Context) SubscriptionSkuOutput
}

SubscriptionSkuInput is an input type that accepts SubscriptionSkuArgs and SubscriptionSkuOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `SubscriptionSkuInput` via:

SubscriptionSkuArgs{...}

type SubscriptionSkuOutput added in v0.28.0

type SubscriptionSkuOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SubscriptionSkuOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (SubscriptionSkuOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SubscriptionSkuOutput) ToStringOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionSkuOutput) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SubscriptionSkuOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionSkuOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (SubscriptionSkuOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionSkuOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (SubscriptionSkuOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionSkuOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (SubscriptionSkuOutput) ToSubscriptionSkuOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionSkuOutput) ToSubscriptionSkuOutput() SubscriptionSkuOutput

func (SubscriptionSkuOutput) ToSubscriptionSkuOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionSkuOutput) ToSubscriptionSkuOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SubscriptionSkuOutput

func (SubscriptionSkuOutput) ToSubscriptionSkuPtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionSkuOutput) ToSubscriptionSkuPtrOutput() SubscriptionSkuPtrOutput

func (SubscriptionSkuOutput) ToSubscriptionSkuPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionSkuOutput) ToSubscriptionSkuPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SubscriptionSkuPtrOutput

type SubscriptionSkuPtrInput added in v0.28.0

type SubscriptionSkuPtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSubscriptionSkuPtrOutput() SubscriptionSkuPtrOutput
	ToSubscriptionSkuPtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) SubscriptionSkuPtrOutput
}

func SubscriptionSkuPtr added in v0.28.0

func SubscriptionSkuPtr(v string) SubscriptionSkuPtrInput

type SubscriptionSkuPtrOutput added in v0.28.0

type SubscriptionSkuPtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SubscriptionSkuPtrOutput) Elem added in v0.28.0

func (SubscriptionSkuPtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (SubscriptionSkuPtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SubscriptionSkuPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionSkuPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (SubscriptionSkuPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionSkuPtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (SubscriptionSkuPtrOutput) ToSubscriptionSkuPtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionSkuPtrOutput) ToSubscriptionSkuPtrOutput() SubscriptionSkuPtrOutput

func (SubscriptionSkuPtrOutput) ToSubscriptionSkuPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionSkuPtrOutput) ToSubscriptionSkuPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SubscriptionSkuPtrOutput

type SubscriptionState added in v0.28.0

type SubscriptionState struct {
}

func (SubscriptionState) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (SubscriptionState) ElementType() reflect.Type

type SubscriptionType added in v0.28.0

type SubscriptionType string

Required. Type of subscription.

func (SubscriptionType) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (SubscriptionType) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SubscriptionType) ToStringOutput added in v0.28.0

func (e SubscriptionType) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SubscriptionType) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (e SubscriptionType) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (SubscriptionType) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (e SubscriptionType) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (SubscriptionType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (e SubscriptionType) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (SubscriptionType) ToSubscriptionTypeOutput added in v0.28.0

func (e SubscriptionType) ToSubscriptionTypeOutput() SubscriptionTypeOutput

func (SubscriptionType) ToSubscriptionTypeOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (e SubscriptionType) ToSubscriptionTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SubscriptionTypeOutput

func (SubscriptionType) ToSubscriptionTypePtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (e SubscriptionType) ToSubscriptionTypePtrOutput() SubscriptionTypePtrOutput

func (SubscriptionType) ToSubscriptionTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (e SubscriptionType) ToSubscriptionTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SubscriptionTypePtrOutput

type SubscriptionTypeInput added in v0.28.0

type SubscriptionTypeInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSubscriptionTypeOutput() SubscriptionTypeOutput
	ToSubscriptionTypeOutputWithContext(context.Context) SubscriptionTypeOutput
}

SubscriptionTypeInput is an input type that accepts SubscriptionTypeArgs and SubscriptionTypeOutput values. You can construct a concrete instance of `SubscriptionTypeInput` via:

SubscriptionTypeArgs{...}

type SubscriptionTypeOutput added in v0.28.0

type SubscriptionTypeOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SubscriptionTypeOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (SubscriptionTypeOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SubscriptionTypeOutput) ToStringOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionTypeOutput) ToStringOutput() pulumi.StringOutput

func (SubscriptionTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionTypeOutput) ToStringOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringOutput

func (SubscriptionTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (SubscriptionTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionTypeOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (SubscriptionTypeOutput) ToSubscriptionTypeOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionTypeOutput) ToSubscriptionTypeOutput() SubscriptionTypeOutput

func (SubscriptionTypeOutput) ToSubscriptionTypeOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionTypeOutput) ToSubscriptionTypeOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SubscriptionTypeOutput

func (SubscriptionTypeOutput) ToSubscriptionTypePtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionTypeOutput) ToSubscriptionTypePtrOutput() SubscriptionTypePtrOutput

func (SubscriptionTypeOutput) ToSubscriptionTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionTypeOutput) ToSubscriptionTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SubscriptionTypePtrOutput

type SubscriptionTypePtrInput added in v0.28.0

type SubscriptionTypePtrInput interface {
	pulumi.Input

	ToSubscriptionTypePtrOutput() SubscriptionTypePtrOutput
	ToSubscriptionTypePtrOutputWithContext(context.Context) SubscriptionTypePtrOutput
}

func SubscriptionTypePtr added in v0.28.0

func SubscriptionTypePtr(v string) SubscriptionTypePtrInput

type SubscriptionTypePtrOutput added in v0.28.0

type SubscriptionTypePtrOutput struct{ *pulumi.OutputState }

func (SubscriptionTypePtrOutput) Elem added in v0.28.0

func (SubscriptionTypePtrOutput) ElementType added in v0.28.0

func (SubscriptionTypePtrOutput) ElementType() reflect.Type

func (SubscriptionTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutput() pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (SubscriptionTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionTypePtrOutput) ToStringPtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) pulumi.StringPtrOutput

func (SubscriptionTypePtrOutput) ToSubscriptionTypePtrOutput added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionTypePtrOutput) ToSubscriptionTypePtrOutput() SubscriptionTypePtrOutput

func (SubscriptionTypePtrOutput) ToSubscriptionTypePtrOutputWithContext added in v0.28.0

func (o SubscriptionTypePtrOutput) ToSubscriptionTypePtrOutputWithContext(ctx context.Context) SubscriptionTypePtrOutput

Source Files

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL